Commit Graph

16972 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Luciano Coelho
5dc283fe9a wlcore: don't hide real error code when booting fails
There's no need to hide the actual error that was reported when
booting fails.  For instance, on I/O error, we were returing
-EINVALID, which doesn't make sense at all.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2013-02-08 10:05:02 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
6cc9efed70 wlcore: move wl12xx_platform_data up and make it truly optional
The platform data is used not only by wlcore-based drivers, but also
by wl1251.  Move it up in the directory hierarchy to reflect this.

Additionally, make it truly optional.  At the moment, disabling
platform data while wl1251_sdio or wlcore_sdio are enabled doesn't
work, but it will be necessary when device tree support is
implemented.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
2013-02-08 10:05:02 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
06ab4058ea wlcore: use PLATFORM_DEVID_AUTO for plat dev creation to avoid conflicts
The platform devices can be created by both wlcore_sdio and
wlcore_spi.  Theoretically, if both are connected to the same board,
there will be a conflict.

Reported-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2013-02-08 10:05:02 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
91147a6cd0 wlcore: use wl12xx_platform_data pointer from wlcore_pdev_data
Just a small cleanup to use the pointer provided by wlcore_pdev_data
instead of using a separate pointer then copying.

Reviewed-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2013-02-08 10:05:02 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
afb43e6d88 wlcore: remove if_ops from platform_data
We can't pass pointers from the platform data to the modules, because
with DT it cannot be done.  Those pointers are not set by the board
files anyway.  It's the bus modules that set them, so they can be
safely removed from the platform data without changing any board
files.

Create a new structure that the bus modules pass to wlcore.  This
structure contains the if_ops pointers and a pointer to the actual
platform data.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
2013-02-08 10:05:02 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
3a0a8d961e wlcore: remove unused set_power method
There is no platform-specific set_power method anymore.  Power setting
is done in the bus modules (wlcore_sdio and wlcore_spi).

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
2013-02-08 10:05:01 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
9646b13467 wlcore: use single-role version when verifying the PLT firmware
The PLT firmware used by wl12xx for calibration always has the same
version number as the single-role firmware.

Currntly the driver rejects the PLT firmware since anything that is
not single-role uses the multi-role version.  Fix this by using the
single-role version for everything except multi-role.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2013-02-08 10:05:01 +02:00
John W. Linville
b3b66ae4c8 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless into for-davem 2013-02-06 13:55:44 -05:00
David S. Miller
188d1f76d0 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000e/ethtool.c
	drivers/net/vmxnet3/vmxnet3_drv.c
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/dvm/tx.c
	net/ipv6/route.c

The ipv6 route.c conflict is simple, just ignore the 'net' side change
as we fixed the same problem in 'net-next' by eliminating cached
neighbours from ipv6 routes.

The e1000e conflict is an addition of a new statistic in the ethtool
code, trivial.

The vmxnet3 conflict is about one change in 'net' removing a guarding
conditional, whilst in 'net-next' we had a netdev_info() conversion.

The iwlwifi conflict is dealing with a WARN_ON() conversion in
'net-next' vs. a revert happening in 'net'.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-02-05 14:12:20 -05:00
Johannes Berg
2bfb50924c iwlwifi: use threaded interrupt handler
With new transports coming up, move to threaded
interrupt handling now. This has the advantage
that we can use the same locking scheme with all
different transports we may need to implement.

Note that the TX path obviously still runs in a
tasklet, so some spin_lock() calls need to change
to spin_lock_bh() calls to properly lock out the
TX path.

In my test on a Calpella platform this has no
impact on throughput or latency.

Also add lockdep annotations to avoid lockups due
to catch sending synchronous commands or using
locks that connect with them from the irq thread.

Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-05 14:39:12 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
c9f7a8ab77 iwlwifi: don't ack the card state notification
This is not needed with MVM firmware.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-05 13:52:42 +01:00
Arend van Spriel
7b2385b953 brcmsmac: rework of mac80211 .flush() callback operation
This patch addresses a long standing issue of the driver with the
mac80211 .flush() callback. Since implementing the .flush() callback
a number of issues have been fixed, but a WARN_ON_ONCE() was still
triggered because the timeout on the flush could still occur.

This patch changes the awkward design using msleep() into one using
a waitqueue. The waiting flush() context will kick the transmit dma
when it is idle and the timeout used waiting for the event is set
to 500 ms. Worst case there can be 64 frames outstanding for transmit
in the driver. At a rate of 1Mbps that would take 1.5 seconds assuming
MTU is 1500 bytes and ignoring retries. The WARN_ON_ONCE() is also
removed as this was put in to indicate the flush timeout as a reason
for the driver to stall. That was not happening since fixing endless
AMPDU retries with following upstream commit:

commit 85091fc0a7
Author: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Date:   Thu Feb 23 18:38:22 2012 +0100

    brcm80211: smac: fix endless retry of A-MPDU transmissions

bugzilla: 42840 <https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=42840>
bugzilla@redhat: <https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=799168>
bugzilla@redhat: <https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=787649>

Cc: Jonathan Nieder <jrnieder@gmail.com>
Cc: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Cc: Camaleón <noelamac@gmail.com>
Cc: Milan Bouchet-Valat <nalimilan@club-internet.fr>
Cc: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-04 16:46:28 -05:00
Larry Finger
a5ffbe0a19 rtlwifi: Fix scheduling while atomic bug
Kernel commits 41affd5 and 6539306 changed the locking in rtl_lps_leave()
from a spinlock to a mutex by doing the calls indirectly from a work queue
to reduce the time that interrupts were disabled. This change was fine for
most systems; however a scheduling while atomic bug was reported in
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=903881. The backtrace indicates
that routine rtl_is_special(), which calls rtl_lps_leave() in three places
was entered in atomic context. These direct calls are replaced by putting a
request on the appropriate work queue.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Reported-and-tested-by: Nathaniel Doherty <ntdoherty@gmail.com>
Cc: Nathaniel Doherty <ntdoherty@gmail.com>
Cc: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-04 16:41:56 -05:00
Joe Perches
0d2e7a5c60 wireless: Remove unnecessary alloc/OOM messages, alloc cleanups
alloc failures already get standardized OOM
messages and a dump_stack.

Convert kzalloc's with multiplies to kcalloc.
Convert kmalloc's with multiplies to kmalloc_array.
Remove now unused variables.
Remove unnecessary memset after kzalloc->kcalloc.
Whitespace cleanups for these changes.

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-02-04 13:22:34 -05:00
Larry Finger
b26f5f09eb rtlwifi: rtl8723ae: Fix W=1 compile warnings
Whe this driver is built with "make W=1", the following warnings are output:

drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/fw.c:515:5: warning: variable ‘own’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/hal_btc.c:1436:5: warning: variable ‘bt_retry_cnt’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/hw.c:706:6: warning: variable ‘reg_ratr’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/hw.c:2033:41: warning: variable ‘cur_rfstate’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/phy.c:620:23: warning: variable ‘radiob_arraylen’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/phy.c:619:7: warning: variable ‘radiob_array_table’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/phy.c:617:7: warning: variable ‘rtstatus’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/phy.c:1534:6: warning: variable ‘bbvalue’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/phy.c:1716:6: warning: variable ‘reg_ecc’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/phy.c:1715:61: warning: variable ‘reg_ec4’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/phy.c:1715:34: warning: variable ‘reg_eac’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/trx.c:247:6: warning: variable ‘psaddr’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-01 14:27:27 -05:00
Larry Finger
8925d51866 rtlwifi: rtl8192de: Fix W=1 build warnings
when this driver is built with "make W=1", the following warning is printed:

drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8192de/dm.c:1058:5: warning: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Wtype-limits]

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-01 14:27:26 -05:00
Larry Finger
0b948341f3 rtlwifi: rtl8192cu: Fix W=1 build warning
When this driver is built with "make W=1", the following warning is output:

drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8192cu/sw.c:56:6: warning: variable ‘err’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-01 14:27:26 -05:00
Larry Finger
8a8e31cc22 rtlwifi: rtl8192c: Fix W=1 warning
When this driver is built with "make W=1", the following warning occurs:

drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8192c/dm_common.c:907:4: warning: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Wtype-limits]

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-01 14:27:26 -05:00
Larry Finger
829323cd92 rtlwifi: Fix warnings in usb.c
Building this driver with "make W=1" results in the following 2 warnings:

drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/usb.c:829:21: warning: variable ‘urb_list’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/usb.c:828:23: warning: variable ‘skb_list’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-01 14:27:25 -05:00
Larry Finger
d221ad1a8a rtlwifi: Fix many compile warnings when using W=1
Many warnings like the following arise from a build with W=1 on the
make line:

warning: comparison of unsigned expression >= 0 is always true [-Wtype-limits]

Changing the overall debug level storage from unsigned to signed fixes these.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-01 14:27:25 -05:00
Xose Vazquez Perez
c4806014ad wireless: rt2x00: rt2800pci add id
0x1814,0x359f is a RT3592 802.11a/b/g/n 2x2 WiFi Adapter
support added by 872834dfb3

Cc: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Cc: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Cc: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: users@rt2x00.serialmonkey.com
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Xose Vazquez Perez <xose.vazquez@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-01 14:27:25 -05:00
Sven Eckelmann
c67ba5e580 ath9k: Remove unused variables in ath_mci_cleanup
Leaving the unused variables ath_mci_cleanup causes build warnings.

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-01 14:27:24 -05:00
Sven Eckelmann
1282437409 ath9k: Fix sparse __CHECK_ENDIAN__ for spectral code
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-01 14:27:24 -05:00
Sven Eckelmann
00b5418234 ath9k: Only remove spectral scan relay file when it was created
The relay file depends on relayfs. Trying to close this file without having
ATH9K_DEBUGFS (and therefore RELAY) activated causes build failures.

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-01 14:27:24 -05:00
Sven Eckelmann
ab2e2fc890 ath9k: Only add fix_rssi_inv_only when spectral code is used
The code is only used when ATH9K_DEBUGFS is activated and causes build warnings
when it is still compiled without user.

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-01 14:27:24 -05:00
Sven Eckelmann
bd2ffe14d4 ath9k: Only process fft samples when ATH9K_DEBUGFS is enabled
The code can only be used when ATH9k_DEBUGFS is enabled an not when ATH_DEBUG
is activated. Still enabling it would cause build failures.

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-01 14:27:23 -05:00
Sven Eckelmann
c672a3abb7 ath9k: Select RELAY for ATH9K_DEBUGFS
The spectral scan support activated through ATH9K_DEBUGFS depends on RELAY for
the kernel->userspace communication. Not activating RELAY causes build
failures.

The RELAY is added as select instead of depend to do it similar like
the only other user of RELAY: BLK_DEV_IO_TRACE

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-01 14:27:23 -05:00
Bing Zhao
5e3175fb67 mwifiex: remove max_tx_buf_size
max_tx_buf_size is not used any more after reconfiguration of
tx buffer size has been removed.

Also add missing curr_tx_buf_size update while dumping debug info
via debugfs.

Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-01 14:27:23 -05:00
Bing Zhao
62749238d1 mwifiex: do not reconfigure tx buffer size in firmware while associating
It's observed that reconfiguration of tx buffer size before
association can cause data path failure in firmware after
associated. Although this is only found with PCIe cards, but
potentially it could happen with any other interfaces as well.

The tx buffer reconfiguration is not really useful in firmware.
Let's remove it for all interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-01 14:27:23 -05:00
Christian Lamparter
21fbbca337 ath9k: report A-MPDU status
The ath9k hardware reports whenever an frame was part
of an A-MPDU. MAC80211 already provides the necessary
API to pass this additional information along to
whomever needs it.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-01 14:27:22 -05:00
Xose Vazquez Perez
cd435d561a wireless: rt2x00: rt2800usb add/identify ids
Devices were taken from Ralink Linux drivers:
- RT5370
0x043e, 0x7a32
0x043e, 0x7a42
0x0471, 0x2126
0x0471, 0x2180
0x0471, 0x2181
0x0471, 0x2182

Identify these ones:
0x04da, 0x23f6 in CONFIG_RT2800USB_RT53XX is a Panasonic device
0x07d1, 0x3c17 in RT2800USB_UNKNOWN is a RT3070
0x0586, 0x341a in RT2800USB_UNKNOWN is a RT3070

Cc: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Cc: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Cc: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: users@rt2x00.serialmonkey.com
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Xose Vazquez Perez <xose.vazquez@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-01 14:27:22 -05:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
96ebbe8d01 iwlegacy: check for dma mapping errors
Handle pci_map_page() errors. This fixes "DMA-API: device driver failed
to check map error" warning.

Reported-by: Zdenek Kabelac <zkabelac@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-01 14:27:22 -05:00
Christian Lamparter
0255beda59 iwl4965: report A-MPDU status
This patch is based on "iwlwifi: report A-MPDU status".
(12bf6f45d1)

Since the firmware will give us an A-MPDU bit and
only a single PHY information packet for all the
subframes in an A-MPDU, we can easily report the
minimal A-MPDU information for radiotap.

Cc: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-02-01 14:27:21 -05:00
John W. Linville
ed6882ac40 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless into for-davem 2013-02-01 13:43:25 -05:00
Lilach Edelstein
e56b04efc1 iwlwifi: move register access lock into transport
Move the reg_lock that protects HW register access
into the transport implementation. Locking is no
longer exposed, but handled internally in grab and
release NIC access. This simplifies the users.

Signed-off-by: Lilach Edelstein <lilach.edelstein@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-01 11:27:22 +01:00
Lilach Edelstein
e139dc4aeb iwlwifi: add iwl_set_bits_mask to transport API
Express iwl_set_bit() and iwl_clear_bit() through iwl_set_bits_mask()
and add the latter to the transport's API in order to allow different
implementation for different transport types in the future.

Signed-off-by: Lilach Edelstein <lilach.edelstein@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-01 11:27:22 +01:00
Johannes Berg
6690c01d16 iwlwifi: lower BT coex aggregation message severity
As the rate scaling algorithm will attempt to enable
aggregation over and over again, the message will
flood the log if there is, for example, Bluetooth
streaming music. Make it a debug messages instead of
printing it all the time.

Reported-by: Jan-Michael Brummer <jan.brummer@tabos.org>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-01 11:27:21 +01:00
Johannes Berg
8ca151b568 iwlwifi: add the MVM driver
Newer firmware revisions have a completely new
firmware API. This is the new driver for this
new API.

I've listed the people who directly contributed
code, but many others from various teams have
contributed in other ways.

Cc: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Cc: Amit Beka <amit.beka@intel.com>
Cc: Amnon Paz <amnonx.paz@intel.com>
Cc: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Cc: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Cc: Dor Shaish <dor.shaish@intel.com>
Cc: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Cc: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
Cc: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-01 11:27:15 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
c65dd1477b mac80211: inform the driver about update of dtim_period
Currently, when the driver requires the DTIM period,
mac80211 will wait to hear a beacon before association.
This behavior is suboptimal since some drivers may be
able to deal with knowing the DTIM period after the
association, if they get it at all.

To address this, notify the drivers with bss_info_changed
with the new BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD flag when the DTIM
becomes known. This might be when changing to associated,
or later when the entire association was done with only
probe response information.

Rename the hardware flag for the current behaviour to
IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC to more accurately
reflect its behaviour. IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD is
no longer accurate as all drivers get the DTIM period
now, just not before association.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-31 14:05:38 +01:00
Johannes Berg
b1e1adfa7d iwlwifi: add NVM and PHY DB code for new MVM driver
The new MVM (multi-virtual MAC) firmware driver
requires NVM (non-volatile memory) parsing code
and some PHY information database code. Add this
separately.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-30 21:41:32 +01:00
Johannes Berg
aa2b177083 iwlwifi: fix calibration parser
The firmware TLV for calibration data isn't
really a u64, but two u32 values. Define a
struct for that and change the parser.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-30 21:41:29 +01:00
Johannes Berg
4a4ee1010d iwlwifi: clean up CMD_MODE enum
Just format the enum better.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-30 21:41:26 +01:00
Johannes Berg
99cd471423 iwlwifi: add 7000 series device configuration
Add configuration and detection code for the new
7000 series, with 7260 and 3160 devices.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-30 21:41:24 +01:00
Johannes Berg
de8d7a5380 Merge remote-tracking branch 'wireless-next/master' into iwlwifi-next 2013-01-30 21:39:54 +01:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
c331997b6c wil6210: fix wil_vring_init_tx status
In case vring setup with the firmware failed,
success status was returned. fix it.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:19 -05:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
2acb4220b2 wil6210: Never delete Rx chain with firmware
Firmware crash on attempt to delete Rx chain.
Driver part of Rx chain removed only in preparation for the target reset;
as reset is the only flow that removes Rx chain in the firmware.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:19 -05:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
afda8bb50b wil6210: checkpatch warnings
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:18 -05:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
7743882d6f wil6210: fix checkpatch CamelCase warnings
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:17 -05:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
e08b5906cc wil6210: Reorder reset preparation sequence
Disable interrupts first to prevent spurious WMI events arrival

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:16 -05:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
56f004b467 wil6210: Separate common code for mbox regs caching to function
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:16 -05:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
b98917d742 wil6210: Fix "don't scan after connect" logic
When connect times out, scan was not re-enabled.

Strictly say, it is firmware issue - it should issue "disconnect"
event but it does not. Compensate in the driver.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:15 -05:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
241804cb7b wil6210: Call skb_orphan() right before Rx indication
Other parts of Rx path (BACK logic) will need to access associated data

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:14 -05:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
cb901733b4 wil6210: Fix: Tx stall
Due to multi-tx-queue design, wil_start_xmit() used to be executed
concurrently for different queues. Then, these transmits delivered
to the same queue, creating race.

As result, Tx descriptor may be skipped, causing stall in hardware.

Convert to single Tx queue fixes it.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:14 -05:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
795ce73438 wil6210: Count Tx statistics on Tx completion
This allows to account for Tx errors

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:13 -05:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
47e19af9a7 wil6210: Refactor rx init/fini
Move WMI related operations to wmi.c as helper functions

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:12 -05:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
2057ebb2bd wil6210: remove raw wil_dbg() calls
Introduce debug category "MISC", convert all raw wil_dbg() to this category.
This improves dynamic debug manageability

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:12 -05:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
4789d728e5 wil6210: rearrange IRQ debug printing
Make printings from IRQ appears in dmesg in chronological order

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:11 -05:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
7269494e12 wil6210: Detect FW error
In the firmware, added is ability to report internal errors using IRQ.

Catch this IRQ and notify user space via netlink

User space get notified like (udevadm monitor --kernel --property):

KERNEL[12660.320520] change   /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.1/0000:02:00.0/0000:03:01.0/0000:05:00.0/net/wlan12 (net)
ACTION=change
DEVPATH=/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.1/0000:02:00.0/0000:03:01.0/0000:05:00.0/net/wlan12
DEVTYPE=wlan
EVENT=FW_ERROR
IFINDEX=6
INTERFACE=wlan12
SEQNUM=2489
SOURCE=wil6210
SUBSYSTEM=net

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:10 -05:00
Cyril Roelandt
485f107d34 mwifiex: avoid out of bounds access in mwifiex_get_common_rates.
Check that the array indexes are in-bounds before accessing the rate2 and tmp
arrays.

Found with the following semantic patch:

<smpl>
@@
identifier t;
identifier idx;
expression E;
statement S;
@@
* for (... ; <+... t[idx] ...+> && idx < E ; ...)
S
</smpl>

Signed-off-by: Cyril Roelandt <tipecaml@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:09 -05:00
Larry Finger
44ba973699 rtlwifi: Eliminate two empty routines
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:09 -05:00
Guenter Roeck
44ceaf371b net: iwlegacy: remove unused variable
Fix:

drivers/net/wireless/iwlegacy/4965.c: In function ‘il4965_post_associate’:
drivers/net/wireless/iwlegacy/4965.c:1751:25: warning: variable ‘conf’ set but
not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]

seen when building allmodconfig on x86_64 with W=1 by removing the unused
variable.

Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:08 -05:00
Christian Lamparter
00bcd0d699 iwlegacy: fix antenna bitmask
This patch is based on "iwlwifi: fix antenna bitmask".
(362b0563b2)

Like the new iwlagn devices, the old 4965N device only
supports a maximum of three antennas. Hence only three
bits are used, the fourth bit is likely the A-MPDU
indicator.

Cc: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:07 -05:00
Bing Zhao
5b2e2eccab mwifiex: do not overwrite error code from lower layer driver
Instead of converting it to a bogus error code -1, we should
return the original error code from lower layer driver. This
error code will be printed so it may give user some clues on
what has happened.

Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:05 -05:00
Alexey Khoroshilov
3220712d3a mwifiex: don't return zero on failure paths in mwifiex_pcie_init()
If pci_iomap() fails in mwifiex_pcie_init(), it breaks off initialization,
deallocates all resources, but returns zero.
The patch adds -EIO as return value in this case.

Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).

Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:07:04 -05:00
Anatol Pomozov
baf58b0e8f rtl8723ae: Fix misspellings sucess->success
Signed-off-by: Anatol Pomozov <anatol.pomozov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:55 -05:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
dcee7438ca mwl8k: Do not call STA specific cmds not supported by the AP fw
While using STA mode in the AP firmware, avoid
calling some firmware commands which are not
supported by the AP firmware.

Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:53 -05:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
41bf911910 mwl8k: Choose interface specific calls on vif type
Choose interface specific function calls
based on interface type instead of
firmware types.

Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:53 -05:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
d994a1c867 mwl8k: Add/Del self entry for AP interface only
Add and delete self entry in the firmware sta database
for AP interface only. We do not need such an entry for
STA interface.

Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:52 -05:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
751930cb1d mwl8k: Enable hw encryption for STA mode on AP fw
Firmware supports hardware encryption feature
for the station interface running on AP
firmware.

Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:51 -05:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
af458831c4 mwl8k: set mac type to MWL8K_MAC_TYPE_SECONDARY_CLIENT
Set mac type for station interface on AP firmware
as secondary. This allows the firmware to set specific
characteristics for the STA interface.

Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:51 -05:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
d59c1cfd7c mwl8k: Allow adding station interface on AP firmware
When user wants to add a station interface when
AP firmware is loaded & in-use, allow creating
it and also notify user about the same.

Allow adding max one STA interface for AP fw.

Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:50 -05:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
2acdaa7a57 mwl8k: Announce simultaneous AP-STA support on AP fw
Specify the STA support in iface_limit and
in wihpy->interface_modes

Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:49 -05:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
a246ac38cd mwl8k: Move tx/rx antenna configuration to mwl8k_probe_hw
This avoids calling mwl8k_cmd_rf_antenna functions every
time mwl8k_config function is called.

Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:48 -05:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
0f4316b97d mwl8k: Do not call mwl8k_cmd_set_rf_channel unconditionally
Avoid calling mwl8k_cmd_set_rf_channel unconditionally
by checking IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL.

Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:48 -05:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
e882efc96d mwl8k: Stop bsses before hw specific commands
For the commands, that might change the hw characteristics
of the PHY device, stop the running bsses and resume them
once command is complete.

Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:47 -05:00
Chun-Yeow Yeoh
4a5fc6d707 rt2x00: allow AP and mesh mode to operate simultaneously
Allow AP and Mesh mode to operate concurrently using
single radio. Verify this using fonera 2.0n featuring
RT3052 chipset and also TP-LINK TL-WN727N featuring
RT5370 chipset.

Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemal.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:44 -05:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
92941382e8 rt2x00: remove NOTICE
We use this macro only on 3 places - remove it and replace by other
appropriate macros for printing messages.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <stf_xl@wp.pl>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:43 -05:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
bb9c298f31 rt2800usb: move "TX status missed" messages to debug level
Those messages can flood in dmesg, so do not print them by default.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <stf_xl@wp.pl>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:43 -05:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
28f2bce9f8 rt2x00: print warning, notice and info as default
Some messages provide useful information, but are disabled without
CONFIG_RT2X00_DEBUG=y, so enable them by default

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <stf_xl@wp.pl>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:42 -05:00
Sven Eckelmann
4ab0b0aa57 ath9k: Update spectral scan output data
The sample data received through the spectral scan can be either in big or
little endian byteorder. This information isn't stored in the output file.
Therefore it is not possible for the analyzer software to find the correct byte
order.

It is relative common to get the data from a low end AP in big endian mode and
transfer it to another computer in little endian mode to analyze it. Therefore,
it would be better to store it in network (big endian) byte order.

The extension of the 8 bit bins for each bin to 16 bit is not necessary. This
operation can be done in userspace or on a different machine. Instead the
max_exp defining the amount of shifting required for each bin is exported to
userspace.

The change of the output format requires a change of the type in the sample
tlv to allow the userspace program to correctly detect the bin format.

Reported-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@open-mesh.com>
[siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de: squashed patches, update commit message, rebase, fix endianess bug]
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:42 -05:00
Simon Wunderlich
3a325565c7 ath9k: reorder error codes for spectral
When using the spectral scan feature, frames with phy errors are
returned for further processing to the driver. However, if the frames
also have an invalid CRC (which seems to happen quite often), the frame
is marked with bad CRC and not with the PHY error bit. The FFT
processing function will thus miss the frames.

Fix this by changing the precedence in error marking.

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:41 -05:00
Simon Wunderlich
9b99e665f6 ath9k: drop spectral packets after processing them
Spectral packets are "bogus" packets and should not be further evaluated
by the RX path.

Statistics are added to keep track of these packets.

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:40 -05:00
Simon Wunderlich
04ccd4a1a6 ath9k: add debug parameters for spectral scan
Export the various parameters to userspace.

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:40 -05:00
Avinash Patil
6ccea75e70 mwifiex: fix invalid access of PCIe RxBD ring buffer descriptor
This patch fixes invalid access of RxBD ring buffer descriptor's
length and flag inside PCIe send_data_complete() routine. We are
supposed to modify TxBD buffer descriptor's length and flag here.

Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:39 -05:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
def6452157 rt2x00: print chip and firmware version by default
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <stf_xl@wp.pl>
Tested-by: Xose Vazquez Perez <xose.vazquez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:39 -05:00
Julia Lawall
29d7b331c7 drivers/net/wireless/iwlegacy/4965-mac.c: adjust duplicate test
Delete successive tests to the same location.  This looks like simple code
duplication.

A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)

// <smpl>
@s exists@
local idexpression y;
expression x,e;
@@

*if ( \(x == NULL\|IS_ERR(x)\|y != 0\) )
 { ... when forall
   return ...; }
... when != \(y = e\|y += e\|y -= e\|y |= e\|y &= e\|y++\|y--\|&y\)
    when != \(XT_GETPAGE(...,y)\|WMI_CMD_BUF(...)\)
*if ( \(x == NULL\|IS_ERR(x)\|y != 0\) )
 { ... when forall
   return ...; }
// </smpl>

Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 15:06:38 -05:00
John W. Linville
1698c6db42 Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next 2013-01-30 14:23:08 -05:00
John W. Linville
20fb9e5033 Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next 2013-01-30 14:22:19 -05:00
Bing Zhao
8a7d7cbf7b mwifiex: fix incomplete scan in case of IE parsing error
A scan request is split into multiple scan commands queued in
scan_pending_q. Each scan command will be sent to firmware and
its response is handlded one after another.

If any error is detected while parsing IE in command response
buffer the remaining data will be ignored and error is returned.

We should check if there is any more scan commands pending in
the queue before returning error. This ensures that we will call
cfg80211_scan_done if this is the last scan command, or send
next scan command in scan_pending_q to firmware.

Cc: "3.6+" <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-30 14:13:09 -05:00
John W. Linville
56e1bd7706 Merge branch 'for-linville' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/luca/wl12xx
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/ti/wlcore/main.c
2013-01-29 14:03:20 -05:00
Johannes Berg
448cd55c37 Merge remote-tracking branch 'wireless-next/master' into HEAD 2013-01-29 12:16:22 +01:00
Larry Finger
0a06ad8e3a rtlwifi: Fix the usage of the wrong variable in usb.c
In routine _rtl_rx_pre_process(), skb_dequeue() is called to get an skb;
however, the wrong variable name is used in subsequent calls.

Reported-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-28 14:48:53 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
0e33e48ddc brcmsmac: fix tx status processing
This issue was reported on the wireless list (see [1]) in which
brcmsmac ran into a fatal error:

[  588.284074] brcmsmac bcma0:0: frameid != txh->TxFrameID
[  588.284098] brcmsmac bcma0:0: MI_TFS: fatal
[  588.284103] brcmsmac bcma0:0: wl0: fatal error, reinitializing
[  588.286208] ieee80211 phy0: Hardware restart was requested

The tx status feedback is processed in a loop limiting the number of
frames processed in one run. The code terminate processing when the
limit is reached regardless the txstatus value read from the device
register. When that status is is flagged as being valid it must be
processed as the hardware will clear it after is has been read.

Bisecting was done by Seth Forshee and showed following commit as the
culprit:

commit 57fe504817
Author: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Date:   Wed Nov 28 21:44:07 2012 +0100

    brcmsmac: fix bounds checking in tx/rx

[1] http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg101293.html

Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Tested-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-28 14:48:52 -05:00
John W. Linville
006da9ebba Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes 2013-01-28 14:47:43 -05:00
John W. Linville
4205e6ef4e Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem 2013-01-28 14:43:00 -05:00
John W. Linville
9ebea3829f Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/main.c
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/dvm/tx.c
2013-01-28 13:54:03 -05:00
Johannes Berg
97c7952792 iwlwifi: include debugfs.h
The iwl-op-mode.h file uses a struct dentry for debugfs
so should include debugfs.h.

Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-24 20:41:07 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
887da9176e mac80211: provide the vif in rssi_callback
Since drivers can support several BSS / P2P Client
interfaces, the rssi callback needs to inform the driver
about the interface teh rssi event relates to.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-24 15:41:29 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
d13f1862c0 iwlwifi: provide RX page order
When the pages are to be used by front-end, it may need
to know the page order, provide it.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-24 13:36:32 +01:00
Johannes Berg
128e63ef07 iwlwifi: update copyright
Update Copyright notices to 2013.

Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-24 13:00:55 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
ae023b2795 Revert "iwlwifi: fix the reclaimed packet tracking upon flush queue"
This reverts commit f590dcec94
which has been reported to cause issues.

See https://lkml.org/lkml/2013/1/20/4 for further details.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.7]
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-24 12:54:24 +01:00
John W. Linville
e91d1694d3 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless into for-davem 2013-01-23 14:34:00 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
c5e818ef08 ath9k_hw: remove a useless WARN_ON
&ah->curchan->ani can never be NULL

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 16:05:32 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
9dbac67da3 ath9k_hw: reduce struct ar5416AniState size
It is kept per-channel, so removing unnecessary (or constant) fields from
it can save quite a bit of memory.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 16:05:31 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
f5ffe23aa0 ath9k_hw: remove ath9k_hw_ani_setup and its variables
They are no longer needed for ANI functionality

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 16:05:31 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
0166b4beec ath9k_hw: make the initval parameter to ath9k_hw_write_array const
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 16:03:22 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
81b519504f ath9k: use ath_tx_process_buffer instead of open-coding similar code
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 16:03:21 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
1381559ba4 ath9k: clean up processing of pending tx frames on reset
Dropping packets from aggregation sessions is usually not a good idea, as
it might upset the synchronization of the BlockAck receive window of the
remote node. The use of the retry_tx parameter to reset/tx-drain functions
also seemed a bit arbitrary.
This patch removes this parameter altogether and ensures that pending tx
frames are not dropped for no good reason.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 16:03:21 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
0a62acb1c9 ath9k: stop rx after tx
Completing frame transmission can fail if the rx engine is stopped
prematurely, as the hw might be waiting for an ACK from the other side.
Shutting down tx before rx might make the DMA shutdown more reliable.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 16:02:15 -05:00
Cong Ding
eee569e403 net: wireless/rtlwifi: fix uninitialized variable issue
The use of variable packet_beacon might be uninitialized in the three files.

Signed-off-by: Cong Ding <dinggnu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 16:01:30 -05:00
Alexey Khoroshilov
662845057f iwlegacy: don't return zero on failure paths in il4965_pci_probe()
If hardware is not ready, il4965_pci_probe() breaks off initialization,
deallocates all resources, but returns zero.
The patch adds -EIO as return value in this case.

Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).

Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 16:01:30 -05:00
Alexey Khoroshilov
a2ca8ecb8f mwl8k: don't return zero on failure paths in mwl8k_probe[_hw]()
If pci_iomap() fails in mwl8k_probe(), it breaks off initialization,
deallocates all resources, but returns zero.
There is a similar issue when priv->rxd_ops is NULL in mwl8k_probe_hw().

The patch adds proper error code return values.

Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).

Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 16:01:30 -05:00
Amitkumar Karwar
7532c7d013 mwifiex: correction in status codes used for association failure
When AP responds with appropriate status code, we forward that
code correctly to cfg80211. But sometimes when there is no
response from AP, our firmware uses proprietary status codes.
We will map authentication timeout to WLAN_STATUS_AUTH_TIMEOUT
and other proprietary codes to WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE.

Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 16:01:30 -05:00
Helmut Schaa
84e9e8ebd3 rt2x00: Improve TX status handling for BlockAckReq frames
Since rt2800 hardware isn't capable of reporting the TX status of
BlockAckReq frames implement the TX status handling of BARs in
rt2x00lib. We keep track of all BARs that are send out and try to
match incoming BAs to the appropriate BARs. This allows us to report a
more or less accurate TX status for BAR frames which in turn improves
BA session stability.

This is loosley based on Christian Lamparter's patch for carl9170
"carl9170: fix HT peer BA session corruption".

We have to walk the list of pending BARs for every rx'red BA even
though most BAs don't belong to any of these BARs as they are just
acknowledging an AMPDU. To keep that overhead low use RCU which allows
us to walk the list of pending BARs without the need to acquire a lock.
This however requires us to _copy_ relevant information from the BAR
(RA, TA, control field, start sequence number) into our BAR list entry.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Tested-by: Andreas Hartmann <andihartmann@01019freenet.de>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 16:01:29 -05:00
Dan Carpenter
f49aabf816 prism54: bug in getting auth type
There is a missing break statement so SHARED_KEY authentication doesn't
work.

Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 16:01:29 -05:00
Dan Carpenter
e03e8ddbfd b43: N-PHY: fix gain in b43_nphy_get_gain_ctl_workaround_ent()
There were no break statements in this switch statement so everything
used the default settings.  Per Walter Harms's suggestion, I've replaced
the switch statement and done a little cleanup.

Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 16:01:29 -05:00
Chen Gang
708d019fd1 drivers/net/wireless: need consider the not '\0' terminated string.
in ray_cs.c:
    the a_current_ess_id is "Null terminated unless ESSID_SIZE long"
    so we need buffer it with '\0' firstly, before using strlen or %s.

  additional information:
    in drivers/net/wireless/rayctl.h:
      "NULL terminated unless 32 long" is a comment at line 616, 664
      ESSID_SIZE is 32, at line 190
    in include/uapi/linux/wireless.h:
      IW_ESSID_MAX_SIZE is also 32
    in drivers/net/wireless/ray_cs.c:
      use strncpy for it, without '\0' terminated, at line 639
      use memcpy for it, assume not '\0' terminated in line 1092..1097
      buffer it with '\0' firstly, before using %s, in line 2576, 2598..2600

Signed-off-by: Chen Gang <gang.chen@asianux.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 16:01:29 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
6aaacd8615 ath9k_hw: fix RF bank initialization
ar900*_init_mode_regs needs to be called before RF banks are allocated,
otherwise the storage size of RF banks isn't known. This patch fixes
a memory overrun that can show up as a crash on unloading the module.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 15:58:48 -05:00
John W. Linville
066433a6fa Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next 2013-01-22 15:40:56 -05:00
John W. Linville
aa3c90b890 Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next 2013-01-22 15:39:51 -05:00
Kees Cook
6cba014857 drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi: remove depends on CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
The CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL config item has not carried much meaning for a
while now and is almost always enabled by default. As agreed during the
Linux kernel summit, remove it from any "depends on" lines in Kconfigs.

Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Chaoming Li <chaoming_li@realsil.com.cn>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2013-01-22 12:01:36 -08:00
Kees Cook
73272db9d4 drivers/net/wireless/zd1211rw: remove depends on CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
The CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL config item has not carried much meaning for a
while now and is almost always enabled by default. As agreed during the
Linux kernel summit, remove it from any "depends on" lines in Kconfigs.

CC: Ulrich Kunitz <kune@deine-taler.de>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2013-01-22 12:01:36 -08:00
Kees Cook
a4b4d2148c drivers/net/wireless/rtl818x: remove depends on CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
The CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL config item has not carried much meaning for a
while now and is almost always enabled by default. As agreed during the
Linux kernel summit, remove it from any "depends on" lines in Kconfigs.

Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2013-01-22 12:01:35 -08:00
Kees Cook
a716ff169b drivers/net/wireless/rt2x00: remove depends on CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
The CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL config item has not carried much meaning for a
while now and is almost always enabled by default. As agreed during the
Linux kernel summit, remove it from any "depends on" lines in Kconfigs.

CC: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
CC: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
CC: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2013-01-22 12:01:35 -08:00
Kees Cook
ce15ffbeb9 drivers/net/wireless/p54: remove depends on CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
The CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL config item has not carried much meaning for a
while now and is almost always enabled by default. As agreed during the
Linux kernel summit, remove it from any "depends on" lines in Kconfigs.

Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2013-01-22 12:01:35 -08:00
Kees Cook
23681908b5 drivers/net/wireless/ipw2x00: remove depends on CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
The CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL config item has not carried much meaning for a
while now and is almost always enabled by default. As agreed during the
Linux kernel summit, remove it from any "depends on" lines in Kconfigs.

CC: Stanislav Yakovlev <stas.yakovlev@gmail.com>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2013-01-22 12:01:35 -08:00
Kees Cook
afd19ef0b1 drivers/net/wireless/b43: remove depends on CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
The CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL config item has not carried much meaning for a
while now and is almost always enabled by default. As agreed during the
Linux kernel summit, remove it from any "depends on" lines in Kconfigs.

CC: Stefano Brivio <stefano.brivio@polimi.it>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2013-01-22 12:01:35 -08:00
Kees Cook
49f82162ea drivers/net/wireless/ath/carl9170: remove depends on CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
The CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL config item has not carried much meaning for a
while now and is almost always enabled by default. As agreed during the
Linux kernel summit, remove it from any "depends on" lines in Kconfigs.

CC: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2013-01-22 12:01:35 -08:00
Kees Cook
33fd8fe985 drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath6kl: remove depends on CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
The CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL config item has not carried much meaning for a
while now and is almost always enabled by default. As agreed during the
Linux kernel summit, remove it from any "depends on" lines in Kconfigs.

CC: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2013-01-22 12:01:35 -08:00
Kees Cook
798f4e5eaa drivers/net/wireless: remove depends on CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
The CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL config item has not carried much meaning for a
while now and is almost always enabled by default. As agreed during the
Linux kernel summit, remove it from any "depends on" lines in Kconfigs.

Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2013-01-22 12:01:35 -08:00
Avinash Patil
83f0c6d1f5 mwifiex: fix typo in PCIe adapter NULL check
Add missing "!" as we are supposed to check "!card->adapter"
in PCIe suspend handler.

Cc: "3.2+" <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergey V. <sftp.mtuci@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 14:33:44 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
fea92cbf08 ath9k: allow setting arbitrary antenna masks on AR9003+
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 14:33:44 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
24171dd920 ath9k_hw: fix chain swap setting when setting rx chainmask to 5
Chain swapping should only be enabled when the EEPROM chainmask is set to 5,
regardless of what the runtime chainmask is.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 14:33:44 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
4a8f199508 ath9k_hw: fix calibration issues on chainmask that don't include chain 0
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 14:33:43 -05:00
Larry Finger
430d25251e rtlwifi: Fix build warning introduced by commit a290593
The kbuild test robot reports the following warning with x86_64-randconfig-x955:

warning: (RTL8192CE && RTL8192SE && RTL8192DE && RTL8723AE && RTL8192CU) selects
 RTLWIFI which has unmet direct dependencies (NETDEVICES && WLAN &&
 (RTL8192CE || RTL8192CU || RTL8192SE || RTL8192DE))

This warning was introduced in commit a290593, "rtlwifi: Modify files for addition
of rtl8723ae", and is d ue to a missing dependence of RTLWIFI on RTL8723AE.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 14:33:43 -05:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
fa4cffcba9 iwlegacy: fix IBSS cleanup
We do not correctly change interface type when switching from
IBSS mode to STA mode, that results in microcode errors.

Resolves:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=886946

Reported-by: Jaroslav Skarvada <jskarvad@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-22 14:33:43 -05:00
John W. Linville
cb4ec37d48 Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes 2013-01-22 14:22:01 -05:00
Johannes Berg
0f19b41e22 mac80211: remove ARP filter enable/disable logic
Depending on the driver, having ARP filtering for
some addresses may be possible. Remove the logic
that tracks whether ARP filter is enabled or not
and give the driver the total number of addresses
instead of the length of the list so it can make
its own decision.

Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-18 21:20:34 +01:00
Luciano Coelho
5b37649bbc Merge branch 'wl12xx-next' into for-linville
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/ti/wl12xx/main.c
	drivers/net/wireless/ti/wlcore/wlcore.h
2013-01-18 09:59:08 +02:00
Stephen Rothwell
0d4fb6e4cd wireless: remove conflicting version of print_hex_dump_bytes
This fixes the build due to there now being two copies of print_hex_dump_bytes
in the tree.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2013-01-17 20:12:49 -08:00
John W. Linville
811477de5f Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless into for-davem 2013-01-17 12:07:44 -05:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
1c3fea82d6 iwlwifi: improve the reports in TX path
Also when things go wrong (queues don't get emtpy), try to
get some data from the HW.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-16 14:23:57 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
c3e5d7181a iwlwifi: audit single frames from AGG queue in RS
The rate scaling won't treat the information in a frame
with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU set if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU
is cleared. But all the frames coming from an AGG tx queue
have IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU set, and IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU
is set only if the frame was sent in an AMPDU.
This means that all the data in frames in AGG tx queues that
aren't sent as an AMPDU is thrown away.
This is even more harmful when in bad link conditions, the
frames are sent in an AMPDU and then finally sent as single
frame. So a lot of failures weren't reported and the rate
scaling got stuck in high rates leading to very poor
connectivity.

Fix that by clearing IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU when the frame
isn't part of an AMPDU.

This bug was introduced by

2eb81a40aa
iwlwifi: don't clear CTL_AMPDU on frame status

This fix basically reverts the aforementioned commit.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-16 14:20:20 +01:00
Johannes Berg
ddaf5a5b30 iwlwifi: enable communication with WoWLAN firmware
On resuming, the opmode may have to be able to talk
to the WoWLAN/D3 firmware in order to query it about
its status and wakeup reasons. To do that, the opmode
has to call the new d3_resume() transport API which
will set up the device for command communcation.

Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-16 14:19:54 +01:00
Johannes Berg
22dc3c9561 iwlwifi: simplify scheduler memory clearing
Writing 130 dwords into the device one by one is
rather inefficient, every one needs to lock, grab
NIC access (a few register reads/writes) and then
write the address and data registers.

Use the new memory clearing function to make this
easier and faster.

Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-16 14:19:14 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
01387ffd19 iwlwifi: allow to zero SRAM
Sending a NULL pointer to iwl_trans_write_mem allows now
to zero SRAM.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-16 14:18:56 +01:00
Johannes Berg
b1cf1bc160 iwlwifi: don't enable all interrupts on resuming
Enabling the RF-kill interrupt is sufficient for getting
RF-kill notifications, and no other interrupt is needed
as the device isn't functional when suspended and will be
restarted/reconfigured when mac80211 resumes it later.

Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-16 14:18:06 +01:00
Johannes Berg
d21fa2dad6 iwlwifi: don't memset scalar values
The dma_addr_t type is a scalar value, so it should
just be assigned, not memset.

Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-16 14:17:51 +01:00
David S. Miller
4b87f92259 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
	drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_cmn.c

Both conflicts were simply overlapping context.

A build fix for qlcnic is in here too, simply removing the added
devinit annotations which no longer exist.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-15 15:05:59 -05:00
Fengguang Wu
e2d4a24e03 ath9k_hw: ar9002_hw_spectral_scan_config() can be static
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-14 15:10:40 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
4668cce527 ath9k: disable the tasklet before taking the PCU lock
Fixes a reported CPU soft lockup where the tasklet tries to acquire the
lock and blocks while ath_prepare_reset (holding the lock) waits for it
to complete.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Robert Shade <robert.shade@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-14 15:02:22 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
463e3ed3ea ath9k: remove sc->rx.rxbuflock to fix a deadlock
The commit "ath9k: fix rx flush handling" added a deadlock that happens
because ath_rx_tasklet is called in a section that has already taken the
rx buffer lock.

It seems that the only purpose of the rxbuflock was a band-aid fix to the
reset vs rx tasklet race, which has been properly fixed in the commit
"ath9k: add a better fix for the rx tasklet vs rx flush race".

Now that the fix is in, we can safely remove the lock to avoid such issues.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-14 15:02:21 -05:00
Luis R. Rodriguez
0c0280bd0b wireless: make the reg_notifier() void
The reg_notifier()'s return value need not be checked
as it is only supposed to do post regulatory work and
that should never fail. Any behaviour to regulatory
that needs to be considered before cfg80211 does work
to a driver should be specified by using the already
existing flags, the reg_notifier() just does post
processing should it find it needs to.

Also make lbs_reg_notifier static.

Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[move lbs_reg_notifier to not break compile]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-14 11:32:44 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
eab6d7921d ath9k_hw: add tx gain tables for newer devices
Improves stability on affected devices and also fixes the Tx IQ calibration
related regression on some AR9340 devices such as the TP-Link TL-WDR4300.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-11 14:50:00 -05:00
Simon Wunderlich
aad12ede97 ath9k: fix spectral scan endless mode on AR9002
There was a copy+paste error in ar9002 for the endless spectral mode,
fix that.

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-11 14:49:59 -05:00
Thomas Pedersen
b66851c3c8 mac80211_hwsim: fix beacon timestamp and mactime
Set the beacon timestamp once during "transmission" so the
monitor interface also gets a timestamped beacon.

Also use a common base between TX timestamp and RX
mactime. This eliminates "TX" path delay, which shows up
as a constant error in Toffset.

Get the global TSF once before iterating over all RX HWs,
so they all set a mactime with the same time base.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-11 14:49:58 -05:00
Piotr Haber
a1fe52801a brcmsmac: increase timer reference count for new timers only
On hardware reintialization reference count of
already existing timers would be increased again.
This leads to problems on module unloading.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-11 14:12:02 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
4b883f021b ath9k: fix rx flush handling
Right now the rx flush is not doing anything useful on AR9003+, as it only
works if the buffers in the rx FIFO have not been purged yet, as is done
by ath_stoprecv.

To fix this, always call ath_flushrecv from within ath_stoprecv before
the FIFO is emptied, but still after the hw receive path has been stopped.

This ensures that frames received (and ACKed by the hardware) shortly before
a reset will be seen by the software, which should improve A-MPDU session
stability.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-11 14:12:02 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
7fc00a3054 ath9k: add a better fix for the rx tasklet vs rx flush race
Ensure that the rx tasklet is no longer running when entering the reset path.
Also remove the distinction between flush and no-flush frame processing.
If a frame has been received and ACKed by the hardware, the stack needs to see
it, so that the BA receive window does not go out of sync.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-11 14:12:02 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
3adcf20afb ath9k: remove the WARN_ON that triggers if generating a beacon fails
During teardown, mac80211 will not return a new beacon. This is normal and
handled properly in the driver, so there's no need to spam the user with a kernel
warning here.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-11 14:12:02 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
1adb2e2b5f ath9k: fix double-free bug on beacon generate failure
When the next beacon is sent, the ath_buf from the previous run is reused.
If getting a new beacon from mac80211 fails, bf->bf_mpdu is not reset, yet
the skb is freed, leading to a double-free on the next beacon tx attempt,
resulting in a system crash.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-11 14:12:01 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
a3dc48e82b ath9k: do not link receive buffers during flush
On AR9300 the rx FIFO needs to be empty during reset to ensure that no
further DMA activity is generated, otherwise it might lead to memory
corruption issues.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-11 14:12:01 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
0981c3b24e ath9k_htc: Fix memory leak
SKBs that are allocated in the HTC layer do not have callbacks
registered and hence ended up not being freed, Fix this by freeing
them properly in the TX completion routine.

Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Reported-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-11 14:12:01 -05:00
Amitkumar Karwar
3b86acb808 mwifiex: correct config_bands handling for ibss network
BAND_G is implicit when BAND_GN is present.

Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-11 14:12:01 -05:00
Amitkumar Karwar
d7b9c5204e mwifiex: update config_bands during infra association
Currently "adapter->config_bands" is updated during infra
association only if channel is provided by user in "iw connect"
command. config_bands is used while preparing association
request to calculate supported rates by intersecting our rates
with the rates advertised by AP.

There is corner case in which we include zero rates in
supported rates TLV based on previous IBSS network history,
which leads to association failure.

This patch fixes the problem by correctly updating config_bands.

Cc: "3.7.y" <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-11 14:12:00 -05:00
Simon Wunderlich
e93d083f42 ath9k: add spectral scan feature
Adds the spectral scan feature for ath9k. AR92xx and AR93xx chips
are supported for now. The spectral scan is triggered by configuring
a mode through a debugfs control file. Samples can be gathered via
another relay debugfs file.

Essentially, to try it out:

echo chanscan > /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phy0/ath9k/spectral_scan_ctl
iw dev wlan0 scan
cat /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phy0/ath9k/spectral_scan0 > samples
echo disable > /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phy0/ath9k/spectral_scan_ctl

This feature is still experimental.

The special "chanscan" mode is used to perform spectral scan while
mac80211 is scanning for channels. To allow this,
sw_scan_start/complete() ops have been added.

The patch contains code snippets and information from Zefir Kurtisi and
information provided by Adrian Chadd and Felix Fietkau.

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-09 14:37:12 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
1a26cda8e0 ath9k_hw: Fix radio programming for AR9550
For AR9550, program the synth value based on the ref. clock.
The logic for AR9550 is similar to AR9330, but keep the code
separate since changes for AR9330 are required - which would be
done later.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-09 14:37:11 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
2d7caefbaf ath9k_hw: Add TempCompensation feature for AR9550
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-09 14:37:11 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
3a6a62fbc9 ath9k_hw: Update initvals for QCA955x
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-09 14:37:11 -05:00
Nishant Sarmukadam
4850b6d355 mwl8k: Wake up queues in mwl8k_start
If queues are stopped in mwl8k_stop,
these should be started in mwl8k_start

Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-09 14:37:11 -05:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
0dd13a48a9 mwl8k: Delete ampdu streams with state AMPDU_STREAM_NEW in sta remove
When a station deauths, we do not delete the streams with state
AMPDU_STREAM_NEW and these remain created forever. Fix this issue by
removing such streams in the driver

Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-09 14:37:11 -05:00
Nishant Sarmukadam
9b0b11fb1e mwl8k: Disable tx_wait completion
Whenever TX ring is drained, priv->tx_wait still points
to a valid completion. Making sure that it points to
NULL before returning from the  mwl8k_tx_wait_empty
check.

Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-09 14:37:10 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
96da6fdd5a ath9k_hw: Use helper routines to simplify ar9003_hw_init_cal()
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-09 14:37:10 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
dfcca60b88 ath9k_hw: Fix MCI init for AGC calibration
When AGC calibration is to be done, a GPM message with the
payload, MCI_GPM_WLAN_CAL_REQ has to be sent. Currently this falls
within the IQ-CAL code block which is incorrect. Fix this by using
a separate variable to decide when IQ-CAL is to be done separately
and call ar9003_mci_init_cal_req correctly.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-09 14:37:10 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
4656b8f680 ath9k_hw: Do not enable IQ-CAL for half/quarter rates
IQ calibration doesn't complete and times out for half/quarter
rates, so skip it correctly.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-09 14:37:10 -05:00
John W. Linville
79afb22d09 Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.sipsolutions.net/mac80211-next 2013-01-09 14:22:45 -05:00
John W. Linville
a9b8a894ad Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless into for-davem 2013-01-09 11:01:37 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
aaeb6cdfa5 remove init of dev->perm_addr in drivers
perm_addr is initialized correctly in register_netdevice() so to init it in
drivers is no longer needed.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-08 18:00:48 -08:00
Avinash Patil
e7f767a7d9 mwifiex: use map/unmap APIs in TX and RX to reduce memcpy
This patch is an enhacement to mwifiex_pcie driver to use
map/unmap PCI memory APIs. This reduces one memcpy each in TX
path and RX path, and enhances throughput.

Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:18:30 -05:00
Avinash Patil
fbd7e7ac6d mwifiex: flush TX ring for PCIe after disconnect or bss stop
This patch adds handler to clean PCIe TX rings after disconnect
or bss stop is called for PCIe based mwifiex driver.

Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:18:30 -05:00
Avinash Patil
fc33146090 mwifiex: use pci_alloc/free_consistent APIs for PCIe
This patch uses pci_alloc_consistent and pci_free_consistent
APIs for mwifiex_pcie driver. Consistent DMA memory is allocated
for TX, RX and event rings. Command buffer and command response
buffer also uses map/unmap memory APIs to download commands and
get command responses.

Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:18:30 -05:00
Avinash Patil
c6d1d87a10 mwifiex: add init_fw_port handler for PCIe interface
This patch adds support for init_fw_port handler for PCIe
interface, which resets RXBD read pointer for PCIe.
This fixes issue where RX doesn't work until some TX from
driver happens.

Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:18:29 -05:00
Avinash Patil
659c478861 mwifiex: access interrupt status only while holding lock
This patch fixes a bug for few instances where PCIe interrupt
status variable is accessed without holding spin lock.
This can result into missing interrupts.

Fix this by copying interrupt status to a local variable and
then using it for calling specific routine.

Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:18:29 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
03c2dc7358 ath9k_hw: Fix calibration for AR9340
TX_IQ_ON_AGC_CAL should not be enabled for AR9340. TX-IQ calibration
is run as part of AGC calibration only for AR9485, AR9462 and AR9565.
For the others (AR9300, AR9330, AR9340), TX-IQ cal is done independent
of AGC-cal.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:18:28 -05:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
c2f2e2029b mwl8k: bump firmware API to 3
New firmware is required to support
a) Add support for additional ampdu streams
b) Handle corresponding watchdog events to destroy ampdu streams

Bumping firmware API version by one.

Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:18:27 -05:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
c27a54d3f1 mwl8k: Handle watchdog event with highest prioriry
Currently, command path waits till all the tx host queues
are empty. Whenever watchdog event is raised, firmware
expects driver to destroy ampdu queues immediately.

This requires corresponding commands i.e.
mwl8k_cmd_get_watchdog_bitmap and mwl8k_destroy_ba to be
sent without waiting for the tx queues to be completely
empty.

Use "watchdog_event_pending" to ensure the above mentioned
two commands are sent down immediately.

Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:18:27 -05:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
cfacba12f5 mwl8k: Handle Watchdog events for the new ampdu streams
With more ampdu streams, we need to handle watchdog
events for the new ampdu streams. Handle these
events appropriately.

Earlier mwl8k_cmd_get_watchdog_bitmap used to return
only one stream index and hence bitwise operations
on the return value were not required. Now the function
returns a bitmap with different bits are mapped with
different stream indices.

Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:18:27 -05:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
07f6dda1e7 mwl8k: changing mwl8k_destroy_ba prototype
Currently, mwl8k_ampdu_stream is passed as one of the
argument to the function mwl8k_destroy_ba. Instead of
this pass only the stream index. This will be helpful
during watchdog event handling when bitmap of stream
indices are received.

Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:18:27 -05:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
7fb978b7e9 mwl8k: Enable support to support additional ampdu streams
Currently, we have 2 ampdu streams that can be created
simultaneously. Firmware is capable of supporting
additional streams. Add support to use these streams.

Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:17:00 -05:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
5f2a14940d mwl8k: set ack policy to normal
Set ACK policy to NORMAL when its not going to
be an AMPDU packet.

Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:17:00 -05:00
Yogesh Ashok Powar
96769caf8a mwl8k: Remove redundant txq_idx
Ampdu stream index can be derived from stream->idx.
So we no longer need stream->txq_idx, hence removing it.

Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:17:00 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
1a6e5d7c96 ath9k_hw: Remove TEMP_COMP_CAL
This is not enabled for any chip and is unused.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:17:00 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
b686929c54 ath9k_hw: Enable calibration types in init_cal_settings
Doing this in ath9k_hw_fill_cap_info() is odd and it's
cleaner to do this in the init function for calibration.
Also, setup the supported calibration type in init_cal_settings.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:59 -05:00
Avinash Patil
54428c57b6 mwifiex: parse WMM IEs from hostapd for mwifiex AP
This patch adds support for parsing WMM IEs from hostapd
and setting them to FW via sys configure command.

Patch also sets wiphy flag to advertise AP uAPSD support.

Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:59 -05:00
Amitkumar Karwar
d35f1035b5 mwifiex: use correct htcapinfo for HT20 ibss network
It is observed that same htcapinfo ie is included in beacon for
HT20, HT40+ and HT40- ibss networks. This patch makes sure that
we will not advertise 40Mhz flags while creating/joining ibss
network in HT20 mode.

Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:59 -05:00
Sasha Levin
fc40ca9234 wireless: mwifiex: remove unreachable paths
We know 'firmware' is non-NULL from the beginning of mwifiex_prog_fw_w_helper,
remove all !firmware paths from the rest of the function.

Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:59 -05:00
Alexey Khoroshilov
6960af6dce p54pci: don't return zero on failure paths in p54p_probe()
If pci_set_dma_mask() or pci_set_consistent_dma_mask() fails in p54p_probe(),
it breaks off initialization, deallocates all resources, but returns zero.
Similar issue is if check for returned value of pci_resource_len() fails.

The patch implements proper error code propagation.

Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).

Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:59 -05:00
Hante Meuleman
40a2329685 brcmfmac: Update init code routines from interface up.
On interface up dongle gets inialized. Move UP command to common
routine and update these common init routines using ifp.

Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:58 -05:00
Hante Meuleman
88d1239a1b brcmfmac: Removing obsolete variables and inline functions.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:58 -05:00
Hante Meuleman
80fd2dbee0 brcmfmac: Return correct error on netdev xmit.
Netdev xmit routine brcfm_netdev_start_xmit was defined
incorrectly and used wrong return codes. Always eat the
packet and return ok. Remove drvr_up check since it is not
relevant.

Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:58 -05:00
Hante Meuleman
03abad08bb brcmfmac: Remove unused caching dongle error.
CDC errors are retained. However, it is never used so it can
be removed.

Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:58 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
b84e3112ec brcmfmac: remove unnecessary curly braces in dhd_attach()
Stumbled into a curly braces used for if statement with only
one conditional statement. Removing them.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:57 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
12b33dacb4 brcmfmac: cleanup netdev transmit callback
The header of the ethernet packet is processed conditionally, but
the check is wrong as it checks skb length is at least ETH_ALEN. It
should check it is at least sizeof struct ethhdr instead.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:57 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
7833b5799f brcmfmac: remove unused event related definitions
The driver had some global definitions in dhd.h to map event
identifiers to event names. With redesign of firmware event
processing this has all moved to fweh module so these definitions
can be removed.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:57 -05:00
Hante Meuleman
a6cfb1477d brcmfmac: Use dedicated trace level for CDC.
CDC debug is partly done with TRACE and partly with CTL, however
CDC hardly ever needs debugging. Use dedicated level CDC and
replace TRACE and CTL in dhd_cdc with that.

Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:57 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
a43af515f6 brcmfmac: remove brcmf_proto_hdrpull() from bus interface
The use of the function brcmf_proto_hdrpull() is moved to the
common part of the driver and consequently it can be removed
from the bus interface.

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:56 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
3aa7aad2b2 brcmfmac: remove rx helper function from bus interface
The bus interface provided a wrapper function to pass a single
packet to the common driver part filling a skb queue with one
packet. For clarity the caller now sets up the skb queue and
call the rx bus interface function.

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:56 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
79d7c4e8da brcmfmac: define pr_fmt in one place
Several source files (but not all) define the pr_fmt() macro in exactly
the same way. Instead this commit defines it in a header file so driver
logging is consistent.

Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:56 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
81d5f1bbc4 brcmfmac: assure USB dongle firmware is reset upon module unload
Upon unloading the brcmfmac module the USB firmware should be reset
as the device remains powered. The reset assures a known device
state when a new brcmfmac driver load is being done.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:56 -05:00
Hante Meuleman
ac744395ba brcmfmac: removed deprecated set_bitrate_mask support
Set bitrate_mask is not desired anymore. The firmware will
determine the correct rates to be used.

Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:56 -05:00
Hante Meuleman
0429a6fa6b brcmfmac: do not reconfigure refill rx on 0-length packet.
When USB device gets removed rx complete comes with 0-length
packets. Do not refill those packets. In some rare cases it can
cause infinite loop.

Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:55 -05:00
Piotr Haber
637ccc27f4 brcmsmac: remove dead code
Dead code after AMPDU restructure.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:55 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
b180b10056 brcmsmac: allow user-space setting of interface address
The interface address of the wireless device is determined by
the permanent address stored in the device. This patch allows
it to be overridden from user-space.

Reported-by: Maximilian Engelhardt <maxi@daemonizer.de>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:55 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
66578c0a8c brcmsmac: use perimeter lock in add_interface() callback
All callbacks that access driver functions should do that under
perimeter lock protection. The add_interface() callback was lacking
this lock.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:55 -05:00
Piotr Haber
01486c5ad3 brcmsmac: increase timer reference count for new timers only
On hardware reintialization reference count of
already existing timers would be increased again.
This leads to problems on module unloading.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:54 -05:00
Gabor Juhos
a02308e931 rt2x00: rt2800: convert read_eeprom functions to return an int value
Both the rtt2x00usb_eeprom_read and the ioremap
functions are allowed to fail, however their
return values are not checked in the read_eeprom
functions in the rt2800{pci,usb} drivers.

The patch adds the missing checks, and converts
all read_eeprom functions to return an int value,
so the error values can be propagated up to the
'rt2800_validate_eeprom' function.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:54 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
e1b97c9bc5 ath9k_hw: Remove AR9485 1.0 macro
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:54 -05:00
Geert Uytterhoeven
c2397bb0c5 brcmsmac: initialize morepending in brcms_b_recv()
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/main.c: In function ‘brcms_b_recv’:
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/main.c:7636: warning: ‘morepending’ may be used uninitialized in this function

Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:54 -05:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
07db8f8fe9 iwlegacy: allow to enable PS
Power save support was removed from iwlegacy due to possible firmware
crashes problems it cause. I use to plan first inspect code to find
reason of problems, fix them and then allow to enable PS. But
realistically - code inspection will not happen, so let's do it, and
wait for eventual bug reports.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:53 -05:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
70277f47b5 iwlegacy: add flush callback
Dump implementation of flush, which just wait until all TX queues
become empty.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:53 -05:00
Gabor Juhos
93476b1e68 ath9k: fix column header comments for some initval arrays
Some 3-column initval arrays have wrong comments. The
column of these arrays is indexed by the 'freqIndex'
variable in 'ar5008_hw_process_ini' which only depends
on the actual band.

The 'initvals' tool from 'qca-swiss-army-knife' prints
the correct comment lines for these arrays, since commit
'atheros-initvals: fix comments for non-fastclock 3-column tables'
however the comments were not refreshed in ath9k.

The patch contains no functional changes.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:53 -05:00
Christian Lamparter
1f1d9654e1 carl9170: refactor carl9170_update_beacon
This patch moves parts of carl9170_update_beacon
into separate subroutines, so the parts become
more manageable.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:53 -05:00
Christian Lamparter
558925f313 carl9170: remove custom NUM_TID and friends
The commit: "mac80211: introduce IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS and use it"
introduced a generic NUM_TID definitions for all everyone.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:53 -05:00
Christian Lamparter
55fa645e3a carl9170: disable hw crypto for p2p networks
While the driver supports HW offload in a single
P2P client configuration, it doesn't support HW
offload in the concurrent P2P GO+CLIENT
configuration.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:52 -05:00
Christian Lamparter
7a5c730773 carl9170: don't enable hw crypto offload, if the fw doesn't support it
Previously, op_start would set disable_offload always
to false, even if it was set to true by the fw parser.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:52 -05:00
Christian Lamparter
17f658ac8c carl9170: Only specify interface combinations if more than one interface is possible
Otherwise carl9170 triggers a warning in cfg80211, from net/wireless/core.c

	/* Combinations with just one interface aren't real */
	if (WARN_ON(c->max_interfaces < 2))

Note: The number of supported interfaces is set by
the carl9170 firmware. The default number of
supported interfaces for all current firmwares is 2.
Therefore this warning can only be observed with
custom firmwares.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:52 -05:00
Christian Lamparter
7f878b0d96 carl9170: allow P2P_GO interface creation after P2P_CLIENT
Janusz Dziedzic reported that after a change in wpa_supplicant
["nl80211: Automatically use concurrent P2P if possible"],
carl9170 was no longer able to host a P2P network.

This patch tackles the problem by allowing GO interfaces to be
registered, long after the P2P_CLIENT interface is brought up.

Reported-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:52 -05:00
Christian Lamparter
5ae994d098 carl9170: import 1.9.7 firmware headers
Import new headers from my firmware branch:
<https://github.com/chunkeey/carl9170fw>

visit our wiki at:
<http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Drivers/carl9170.fw>

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:51 -05:00
Christian Lamparter
d1f3de71a5 carl9170: advertise support for TDLS
Based on a quick test [ath9k and carl9170],
TDLS seemed to be working fine. And while
we are at it, let's move the wiphy feature
flag set from carl9170_alloc into a single
place in carl9170_fw.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:51 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
c1b976d2fc ath9k_hw: use the devres API for allocations
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:51 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
b81950b165 ath9k: use the devres API for allocations/mappings
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:51 -05:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
d5374ef13e rt2800: refactor RFCSR initialization
rt2800_init_rfcsr() is too big, split RF initialization into per chip
functions. Code will change, but we should setup the same values onto
RF registers and in the same order as before.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <stf_xl@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 15:16:50 -05:00
John W. Linville
48c6cc04c9 Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next 2013-01-07 14:57:43 -05:00
Larry Finger
5e20a4b530 b43: Fix firmware loading when driver is built into the kernel
Recent versions of udev cause synchronous firmware loading from the
probe routine to fail because the request to user space would time
out. The original fix for b43 (commit 6b6fa58) moved the firmware
load from the probe routine to a work queue, but it still used synchronous
firmware loading. This method is OK when b43 is built as a module;
however, it fails when the driver is compiled into the kernel.

This version changes the code to load the initial firmware file
using request_firmware_nowait(). A completion event is used to
hold the work queue until that file is available. This driver
reads several firmware files - the remainder can be read synchronously.
On some test systems, the async read fails; however, a following synch
read works, thus the async failure falls through to the sync try.

Reported-and-Tested by: Felix Janda <felix.janda@posteo.de>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>  (V3.4+)
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 14:34:45 -05:00
Chen Gang
407ee23725 drivers/net/wireless/iwlegacy: use strlcpy instead of strncpy
The fields must be null-terminated, or simple_strtoul will cause issue.

Signed-off-by: Chen Gang <gang.chen@asianux.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 14:34:45 -05:00
Nickolai Zeldovich
c4f74d35ca drivers/net/wireless/mwl8k.c: avoid use-after-free
Do not dereference p->station_id after kfree(cmd) because p
points into the cmd data structure.

Signed-off-by: Nickolai Zeldovich <nickolai@csail.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 14:34:44 -05:00
Julian Wollrath
111b72a2f0 rtlwifi: Fix typo in debug output of rtl8192c and rtl8723ae
Signed-off-by: Julian Wollrath <jwollrath@web.de>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-07 14:32:24 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
81135548e6 net: use ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN instead of ETHTOOL_BUSINFO_LEN for fw_ver strings
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-06 21:06:31 -08:00
Jiri Pirko
7826d43f2d ethtool: fix drvinfo strings set in drivers
Use strlcpy where possible to ensure the string is \0 terminated.
Use always sizeof(string) instead of 32, ETHTOOL_BUSINFO_LEN
and custom defines.
Use snprintf instead of sprint.
Remove unnecessary inits of ->fw_version
Remove unnecessary inits of drvinfo struct.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-06 21:06:31 -08:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
2be7d22f06 wireless: add new wil6210 802.11ad 60GHz driver
This adds support for the 60 GHz 802.11ad Wilocity card
through a new driver, wil6210. Wilocity implemented the
firmware, QCA maintains the device driver.

Currently supported:

- STA: with security
- AP: limited to 1 connected STA, security disabled
- Monitor: due to a hardware/firmware limitation
  either control or non-control frames are monitored

Using a STA and AP with this drive, one can assemble
a fully functional BSS. Throughput of 1.2Gbps is achieved
with iperf.

The wil6210 cards have on-board flash memory for the
firmware, the cards comes pre-flashed and no firmware
download is required.

For more details see:

http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Drivers/wil6210

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-04 16:10:53 -05:00
Amitkumar Karwar
c3ff0b2dff mwifiex: fix typo in setting up ibss network parameters
commit 683b6d3... "cfg80211: pass a channel definition struct"
accidentally changed "==" to "!=".

Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-04 16:09:48 -05:00
Bing Zhao
9c969d8ccb mwifiex: check wait_event_interruptible return value
wait_event_interruptible function returns -ERESTARTSYS if it's
interrupted by a signal. Driver should check the return value
and handle this case properly.

In mwifiex_wait_queue_complete() routine, as we are now checking
wait_event_interruptible return value, the condition check is not
required. Also, we have removed mwifiex_cancel_pending_ioctl()
call to avoid a chance of sending second command to FW by other path
as soon as we clear current command node. FW can not handle two
commands simultaneously.

Cc: "3.6+" <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-04 16:09:48 -05:00
John W. Linville
a910c9cab6 Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes 2013-01-04 16:06:11 -05:00
John W. Linville
7b87e57341 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless into for-davem 2013-01-04 15:22:52 -05:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
9a6f7347f5 ath9k: Fix Kconfig for ATH9K_HTC
Ath9k consists of 2 different sub-modules: ATH9K and ATH9K_HTC.
Both uses common Atheros code from ath.ko and need ATH_COMMON.

However, while ATH9K selects ATH_COMMON, ATH9K_HTC does not.
As result, if ATH9K_HTC is the only Atheros card selected, compilation fails with
unresolved symbols.

This patch moves ATH_COMMON selection to the common part for both
ATH9K and ATH9K_HTC

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-04 14:34:27 -05:00
Thomas Pedersen
c51f878379 mac80211_hwsim: fix beacon timing
A beacon period starts at TSF time 0. Spoof this by
rounding the starting beacon time to a multiple of the
beacon interval, and keep TBTT aligned on TSF adjustment.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-04 14:01:55 +01:00
Thomas Pedersen
01e59e467e mac80211_hwsim: hrtimer beacon
For testing various timing-sensitive protocols (power
save, MBCA, etc.), a beacon accuracy of jiffies is not
sufficient. A tasklet_hrtimer is used for the beacon since
it runs the callback in soft-IRQ context with hrtimer
resolution.

Also handle BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED for hwsim.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
[simplify timer container_of]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-04 13:58:01 +01:00
Thomas Pedersen
45034bfb8c mac80211_hwsim: fix tsf adjustment
Make hwsim TSF offset adjustments cumulative and relative
to the fake PHY TSF. Now adding 1000us, then adding -1000us
doesn't result in a tsf_offset of -1000. Also the beacon
timestamp can now correctly be expressed as (tsf +
data->tsf_offset), which will be done in a later patch.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-04 13:52:50 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
abae2386d5 iwlwifi: always check that grab_nic_access succeeds
This allows to let sparse check that the NIC access is
always released.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 15:34:11 +01:00
Eytan Lifshitz
c8f9b0feab iwlwifi: fix spelling and value in LED registers.
Fix typo in the macro name and the wrong value.

Signed-off-by: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 15:33:29 +01:00
Johannes Berg
0aa86df673 iwlwifi: move some PCIe calls to better places
Synchronizing the IRQ is pointless when we will
then enable the RF-Kill interrupt again, but is
needed before we free it and the data needed to
handle IRQs; move it to the free function.

Simiarly, cancelling the replenish work struct
can move to the function that frees the RX data
structures.

Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 15:33:00 +01:00
Johannes Berg
a8b691e610 iwlwifi: request IRQ only once
There's no need to request the IRQ every time the
device is started, we can request it just once.

Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 15:32:45 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
653ea7a6a5 iwlwifi: don't treat a bool as an error code
iwl_trans_grab_nic_access returns a boolean. So ret should
explicitely set to an error code and not rely on the value
returned by iwl_trans_grab_nic_access.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 15:32:26 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
f590dcec94 iwlwifi: fix the reclaimed packet tracking upon flush queue
There's a bug in the currently released firmware version,
the sequence control in the Tx response isn't updated in
all cases. Take it from the packet as a workaround.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 15:31:15 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
4fd442db98 iwlwifi: virtualize SRAM access
Different transports implement the access to the SRAM in
different ways. Virtualize it.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 15:30:19 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
7a65d17053 iwlwifi: virtualize iwl_{grab,release}_nic_access
Since different transports have different ways to wake the
up the NIC, we need to virtualize it.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 15:29:46 +01:00
Johannes Berg
392d4cad79 iwlwifi: fix PCIe interrupt handle return value
By accident, commit eb6476441b
("iwlwifi: protect use_ict with irq_lock") changed the return
value of the iwl_pcie_isr() function in case it handles an
interrupt -- it now returns IRQ_NONE instead of IRQ_HANDLED.

Put back the correct return value.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 15:29:15 +01:00
Johannes Berg
f317243a8b iwlwifi: use __packed
Use __packed instead of __attribute__((packed)).

Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 15:28:52 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
6ae02f3ef7 iwlwifi: let the op_mode run a FW while in RFKILL
In some cases, the fw should run even if the NIC is in
RFKILL. Make the API more flexible to allow that.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 15:28:16 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
d28cbdef8c iwlwifi: don't verify fw after download
No need to verify that the fw has been written correctly.
In case it hasn't, we won't get ALIVE notification.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 15:27:41 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
da58eefa6d iwlwifi: clean up code in AGG
If we take a pointer to the tid_data, then use it.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 15:26:56 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
046db34638 iwlwifi: make the BC table layout configurable
This is needed for newer NICs.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 15:24:37 +01:00
Johannes Berg
18b559d5db mac80211: split TX aggregation stop action
When TX aggregation is stopped, there are a few
different cases:
 - connection with the peer was dropped
 - session stop was requested locally
 - session stop was requested by the peer
 - connection was dropped while a session is stopping

The behaviour in these cases should be different, if
the connection is dropped then the driver should drop
all frames, otherwise the frames may continue to be
transmitted, aggregated in the case of a locally
requested session stop or unaggregated in the case of
the peer requesting session stop.

Split these different cases so that the driver can
act accordingly; however, treat local and remote stop
the same way and ask the driver to not send frames as
aggregated packets any more.

In the case of connection drop, the stop callback the
driver is otherwise supposed to call is no longer
required.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 13:01:42 +01:00
Johannes Berg
361c9c8b0e regulatory: use IS_ERR macro family for freq_reg_info
Instead of returning an error and filling a pointer
return the pointer and an ERR_PTR value in error cases.

Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 13:01:31 +01:00
Johannes Berg
fe7ef5e9ba regulatory: remove handling of channel bandwidth
The channel bandwidth handling isn't really quite right,
it assumes that a 40 MHz channel is really two 20 MHz
channels, which isn't strictly true. This is the way the
regulatory database handling is defined right now though
so remove the logic to handle other channel widths.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 13:01:28 +01:00
Johannes Berg
a357d7f985 mac80211_hwsim: allow testing paged RX
Paged RX, i.e. SKBs with (some of) the data in pages instead
of the SKB header data (skb->data) can behave differently in
the stack and cause other bugs. To make debugging easier add
an option to hwsim to test with such SKBs.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 13:01:15 +01:00
Hante Meuleman
619c5a9ad5 brcmfmac: fix parsing rsn ie for ap mode.
RSN IEs got incorrectly parsed and therefore ap mode using WPA2
security was not working.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-02 14:38:38 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
1b2c2e73b3 brcmsmac: add copyright information for Canonical
Patches from Canonical involved the introduction of new source
files debug.[ch]. That coincided with other patches from Broadcom
introducing the same files.

Cc: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-02 14:38:36 -05:00
Larry Finger
3f009c78bb rtlwifi: rtl8723ae: Fix warning for unchecked pci_map_single() call
Kernel 3.8 implements checking of all DMA mapping calls and issues
a WARNING for the first it finds that is not checked.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-02 14:38:35 -05:00
Larry Finger
f6aa93ad03 rtlwifi: rtl8192se: Fix warning for unchecked pci_map_single() call
Kernel 3.8 implements checking of all DMA mapping calls and issues
a WARNING for the first it finds that is not checked.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-02 14:38:34 -05:00
Larry Finger
708b70ff31 rtlwifi: rtl8192de: Fix warning for unchecked pci_map_single() call
Kernel 3.8 implements checking of all DMA mapping calls and issues
a WARNING for the first it finds that is not checked.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-02 14:38:33 -05:00
Larry Finger
9145910161 rtlwifi: rtl8192ce: Fix warning for unchecked pci_map_single() call
Kernel 3.8 implements checking of all DMA mapping calls and issues
a WARNING for the first it finds that is not checked.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-02 14:38:32 -05:00
Larry Finger
86bfec8d51 rtlwifi: Fix warning for unchecked pci_map_single() call
Kernel 3.8 implements checking of all DMA mapping calls and issues
a WARNING for the first it finds that is not checked.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-02 14:38:31 -05:00
Christian Lamparter
4010fe21a3 p54usb: add USBIDs for two more p54usb devices
This patch adds USBIDs for:
	- DrayTek Vigor 530
	- Zoom 4410a

It also adds a note about Gemtek WUBI-100GW
and SparkLAN WL-682 USBID conflict [WUBI-100GW
is a ISL3886+NET2280 (LM86 firmare) solution,
whereas WL-682 is a ISL3887 (LM87 firmware)]
device.

Source: <http://www.wikidevi.com/wiki/Intersil/p54/usb/windows>

Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-02 14:38:30 -05:00
Jesper Juhl
1474a89838 rtlwifi: Don't leak on error in _rtl_usb_receive()
We fail to release 'urb' if '_rtl_prep_rx_urb()' fails in
_rtl_usb_receive().
This patch should take care of the leak.

Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-02 14:38:29 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
a796a1dd5d ath9k_hw: Fix RX gain initvals for AR9485
Populate iniModesRxGain with the correct initvals
array for AR9485 v1.1

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-02 14:38:28 -05:00
Niels Ole Salscheider
7ffa592843 brcmsmac: Use udelay instead of usleep_range
wlc_lcnphy_rx_iq_cal_gain is called during initialization, i. e. when
executing brcms_up.
But brcms_up is called from brcms_ops_start while the latter holds a spin lock.
Thus, we cannot use usleep_range but have to use udelay.

This fixes:
BUG: scheduling while atomic: NetworkManager/1652/0x00000200
[...]
Call Trace:
 [<ffffffff81582522>] __schedule_bug+0x48/0x54
 [<ffffffff815892b6>] __schedule+0x596/0x6d0
 [<ffffffff81589719>] schedule+0x29/0x70
 [<ffffffff8158893c>] schedule_hrtimeout_range_clock+0xfc/0x140
 [<ffffffff81060f10>] ? update_rmtp+0x70/0x70
 [<ffffffff81588993>] schedule_hrtimeout_range+0x13/0x20
 [<ffffffff810495e0>] usleep_range+0x40/0x50
 [<ffffffffa05dedcb>] wlc_lcnphy_rx_iq_cal.constprop.10+0x59b/0xa90 [brcmsmac]
 [<ffffffffa05df4ce>] wlc_lcnphy_periodic_cal+0x20e/0x220 [brcmsmac]
 [<ffffffffa05dce8d>] ? wlc_lcnphy_set_tx_pwr_ctrl+0x21d/0x3c0 [brcmsmac]
 [<ffffffffa05e0cfc>] wlc_phy_init_lcnphy+0xacc/0x1100 [brcmsmac]
 [<ffffffffa05e0230>] ? wlc_phy_txpower_recalc_target_lcnphy+0x90/0x90 [brcmsmac]
 [<ffffffffa05d7c7d>] wlc_phy_init+0xcd/0x170 [brcmsmac]
 [<ffffffffa05c9dfe>] brcms_b_bsinit.isra.65+0x12e/0x310 [brcmsmac]
 [<ffffffffa05d061b>] brcms_c_init+0x8fb/0x1170 [brcmsmac]
 [<ffffffffa05c3a0a>] brcms_init+0x5a/0x70 [brcmsmac]
 [<ffffffffa05ce76c>] brcms_c_up+0x1ac/0x4a0 [brcmsmac]
 [<ffffffffa05c3c65>] brcms_up+0x25/0x30 [brcmsmac]
 [<ffffffffa05c44c0>] brcms_ops_start+0xd0/0x100 [brcmsmac]
[...]

Signed-off-by: Niels Ole Salscheider <niels_ole@salscheider-online.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-02 14:38:26 -05:00
Tomasz Guszkowski
3194b7fcdf p54usb: add USB ID for T-Com Sinus 154 data II
Added USB ID for T-Com Sinus 154 data II.

Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Guszkowski <tsg@o2.pl>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-02 14:38:25 -05:00
Christian Lamparter
6c653f6677 carl9170: fix -EINVAL bailout during init with !CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
Sean reported that as of 3.7, his AR9170 device no longer works
because the driver fails during initialization. He noted this
is due to:
"In carl9170/fw.c, ar->hw->wiphy is tagged with
NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT support if the firmware has Content
after Beacon Queuing. This is both in interface_modes and the
only iface_combinations entry.

If CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH is not set, ieee80211_register_hw
removes NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT from interface_modes, but
not iface_combinations.

wiphy_register then checks to see if every interface type in
every interface combination is in interface_modes.
NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT was removed, so you get a WARN_ON
warning and it returns -EINVAL, giving up."

Unfortunately, the iface_combination (types) feature bitmap
in ieee80211_iface_limit is part of a const member in the
ieee80211_iface_combination struct. Hence, the MESH_POINT
feature flag can't be masked by wiphy_register in the
same way as interface_modes in ieee80211_register_hw.

Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Reported-by: Sean Patrick Santos <quantheory@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Tested-by: Sean Patrick Santos <quantheory@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-02 14:38:25 -05:00
Jussi Kivilinna
4c3de5920c rtlwifi: fix incorrect use of usb_alloc_coherent with usb_control_msg
Incorrect use of usb_alloc_coherent memory as input buffer to usb_control_msg
can cause problems in arch DMA code, for example kernel BUG at
'arch/arm/include/asm/dma-mapping.h:321' on ARM (linux-3.4).

Change _usb_writeN_sync use kmalloc'd buffer instead.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-02 14:38:24 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
12e9432707 ath9k: Fix compilation breakage
Since ath9k makes use of mac80211's debugfs hooks to
maintain station statistics, make ATH9K_DEBUGFS
select MAC80211_DEBUGFS. This fixes the issue reported by
Fengguang Wu:

drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/debug.c: In function 'ath9k_sta_add_debugfs':
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/debug.c:1589:4: error: 'struct ath_node' has no member named 'node_stat'
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/debug.c: In function 'ath9k_sta_remove_debugfs':
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/debug.c:1599:19: error: 'struct ath_node' has no member named 'node_stat'

Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2013-01-02 14:38:23 -05:00
Tejun Heo
02957f92bc wl1251: don't use [delayed_]work_pending()
There's no need to test whether a (delayed) work item in pending
before queueing, flushing or cancelling it.  Most uses are unnecessary
and quite a few of them are buggy.

Remove unnecessary pending tests from wl1251.  Only compile tested.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
2012-12-28 13:40:15 -08:00
Tejun Heo
7f5855c979 mwifiex: don't use [delayed_]work_pending()
Drop work_pending() test from mwifiex_sdio_card_reset().  As
work_pending() becomes %false before sdio_card_reset_worker() starts
executing, it doesn't really protect anything.  reset_host may change
between mmc_remove_host() and mmc_add_host().  Make
sdio_card_reset_worker() cache the target mmc_host so that it isn't
affected by mwifiex_sdio_card_reset() racing with it.

Only compile tested.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
2012-12-28 13:40:15 -08:00
Greg KH
03ce758e56 Drivers: network: more __dev* removal
Remove some __dev* markings that snuck in the 3.8-rc1 merge window in
the drivers/net/* directory.

Cc: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-12-22 00:03:00 -08:00
Linus Torvalds
9eb127cc04 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:

 1) Really fix tuntap SKB use after free bug, from Eric Dumazet.

 2) Adjust SKB data pointer to point past the transport header before
    calling icmpv6_notify() so that the headers are in the state which
    that function expects.  From Duan Jiong.

 3) Fix ambiguities in the new tuntap multi-queue APIs.  From Jason
    Wang.

 4) mISDN needs to use del_timer_sync(), from Konstantin Khlebnikov.

 5) Don't destroy mutex after freeing up device private in mac802154,
    fix also from Konstantin Khlebnikov.

 6) Fix INET request socket leak in TCP and DCCP, from Christoph Paasch.

 7) SCTP HMAC kconfig rework, from Neil Horman.

 8) Fix SCTP jprobes function signature, otherwise things explode, from
    Daniel Borkmann.

 9) Fix typo in ipv6-offload Makefile variable reference, from Simon
    Arlott.

10) Don't fail USBNET open just because remote wakeup isn't supported,
    from Oliver Neukum.

11) be2net driver bug fixes from Sathya Perla.

12) SOLOS PCI ATM driver bug fixes from Nathan Williams and David
    Woodhouse.

13) Fix MTU changing regression in 8139cp driver, from John Greene.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (45 commits)
  solos-pci: ensure all TX packets are aligned to 4 bytes
  solos-pci: add firmware upgrade support for new models
  solos-pci: remove superfluous debug output
  solos-pci: add GPIO support for newer versions on Geos board
  8139cp: Prevent dev_close/cp_interrupt race on MTU change
  net: qmi_wwan: add ZTE MF880
  drivers/net: Use of_match_ptr() macro in smsc911x.c
  drivers/net: Use of_match_ptr() macro in smc91x.c
  ipv6: addrconf.c: remove unnecessary "if"
  bridge: Correctly encode addresses when dumping mdb entries
  bridge: Do not unregister all PF_BRIDGE rtnl operations
  use generic usbnet_manage_power()
  usbnet: generic manage_power()
  usbnet: handle PM failure gracefully
  ksz884x: fix receive polling race condition
  qlcnic: update driver version
  qlcnic: fix unused variable warnings
  net: fec: forbid FEC_PTP on SoCs that do not support
  be2net: fix wrong frag_idx reported by RX CQ
  be2net: fix be_close() to ensure all events are ack'ed
  ...
2012-12-19 20:29:15 -08:00
John W. Linville
d67df2b9ed Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless into for-davem 2012-12-19 13:00:00 -05:00
Tao Ma
c0f041602c drivers: remove reference to feature-removal-schedule.txt
In commit 9c0ece069b ("Get rid of Documentation/feature-removal.txt"),
Linus removed feature-removal-schedule.txt from Documentation, but there
is still some reference to this file.  So remove them.

Signed-off-by: Tao Ma <boyu.mt@taobao.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-12-17 17:15:12 -08:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
009b969632 wireless: fix Atheros drivers compilation
Bug introduced in commit:
wireless: allow Atheros card to not depend on ath.ko

Commit in question changed CONFIG_ATH_COMMON to CONFIG_ATH_CARDS as
"Atheros card" indication in drivers/net/wireless/ath/Kconfig but it
is used also by drivers/net/wireless/Makefile

If there are only Atheros cards that do not require ATH_COMMON, whole
Makefile for Atheros cards was not executed; and as result, driver
won't compile in this case.

Change in CONFIG_ option name should be reflected in the
drivers/net/wireless/Makefile

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-17 15:48:43 -05:00
Gabor Juhos
028014c81e rt2x00: zero-out rx_status
In commit 'mac80211: support radiotap vendor namespace RX data'
new fields were added to 'struct ieee80211_rx_status' and those
fileds must be zeroed. However the rt2x00 driver stores driver
specific data in the cb array of the rx skbs, so the fields
might contain garbage and this can cause unexpected behaviour.

The rt2x00 driver from the compat-wireless-2012-12-01
tarball caused the following warning:

  WARNING: at
  /devel/ramips/build_dir/target-mipsel_r2_uClibc-0.9.33.2/linux-ramips_rt305x/
  compat-wireless-2012-12-01/net/mac80211/rx.c:115 ieee80211_rx_irqsafe+0x274/0xbcc
  [mac80211]()
  Modules linked in: dwc_otg ledtrig_usbdev nf_nat_irc
  nf_nat_ftp nf_conntrack_irc nf_conntrack_ftp ipt_MASQUERADE
  iptable_nat nf_nat pppoe xt_conntrack xt_CT xt_NOTRACK iptable_raw
  xt_state nf_conntrack_ipv4 nf_defrag_ipv4 nf_conntrack pppox
  ipt_REJECT xt_TCPMSS xt_comment xt_multiport xt_mac xt_limit
  iptable_mangle iptable_filter ip_tables xt_tcpudp x_tables ppp_async
  ppp_generic slhc rt2800pci(O) rt2800lib(O) rt2x00soc(O) rt2x00pci(O)
  rt2x00lib(O) mac80211(O) usbcore usb_common nls_base crc_itu_t
  crc_ccitt eeprom_93cx6 cfg80211(O) compat(O) arc4 aes_generic
  crypto_blkcipher cryptomgr aead crypto_hash crypto_algapi leds_gpio
  button_hotplug(O) gpio_keys_polled input_polldev input_core
  Call Trace:
  [<801e96b4>] dump_stack+0x8/0x34
  [<80010a9c>] warn_slowpath_common+0x78/0xa4
  [<80010ae0>] warn_slowpath_null+0x18/0x24
  [<80a9710c>] ieee80211_rx_irqsafe+0x274/0xbcc [mac80211]

The patch ensures that each field gets initialized with
zeroes.

Cc: <users@rt2x00.serialmonkey.com>
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-17 15:45:17 -05:00
Linus Torvalds
193c0d6825 PCI changes for the v3.8 merge window:
Host bridge hotplug:
     - Untangle _PRT from struct pci_bus (Bjorn Helgaas)
     - Request _OSC control before scanning root bus (Taku Izumi)
     - Assign resources when adding host bridge (Yinghai Lu)
     - Remove root bus when removing host bridge (Yinghai Lu)
     - Remove _PRT during hot remove (Yinghai Lu)
 
   SRIOV
     - Add sysfs knobs to control numVFs (Don Dutile)
 
   Power management
     - Notify devices when power resource turned on (Huang Ying)
 
   Bug fixes
     - Work around broken _SEG on HP xw9300 (Bjorn Helgaas)
     - Keep runtime PM enabled for unbound PCI devices (Huang Ying)
     - Fix Optimus dual-GPU runtime D3 suspend issue (Dave Airlie)
     - Fix xen frontend shutdown issue (David Vrabel)
     - Work around PLX PCI 9050 BAR alignment erratum (Ian Abbott)
 
   Miscellaneous
     - Add GPL license for drivers/pci/ioapic (Andrew Cooks)
     - Add standard PCI-X, PCIe ASPM register #defines (Bjorn Helgaas)
     - NumaChip remote PCI support (Daniel Blueman)
     - Fix PCIe Link Capabilities Supported Link Speed definition (Jingoo Han)
     - Convert dev_printk() to dev_info(), etc (Joe Perches)
     - Add support for non PCI BAR ROM data (Matthew Garrett)
     - Add x86 support for host bridge translation offset (Mike Yoknis)
     - Report success only when every driver supports AER (Vijay Pandarathil)
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1.4.10 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJQyKwSAAoJEPGMOI97Hn6zScgQAJZK2VDfCv74mKrgSDNokIzH
 5nVDrc9AHKJm7CUODs6keJK5d4TD/za3Zao68zrYHsJJKes2ni2Z3W34HP2RXKK2
 eOmePXOHYPPZMlimP9r9cVxNu1ZJCyp/yWSBcsPF4zUgWhBWLRaSj85I049gQ0sz
 +05nZYfLjVd3HNiaXsG4CQyMrNF46XEsLhF9vs+Nr2GHPwrpzhfScgYv63oDS86C
 3ICKsjmiRUZcNelxIFYmyxa5u89QdW5XHjzc9eHGQuus24Vxw+TZzsdfc17sUJEE
 HTyXY+RjDpOVhdtwwUjrCEOiyZYvy3g9+3sKxoxgt/76ghdUaR7fxITwB97qVMFD
 T0ESlKjSV/Qv5QYdyy5uP4zwNs/PXCWXkTg/L1m71F30BxKWDa7tgiA6uK7Z7fl5
 1aokKBdk3mtJJJIDJG1YkxPXx/JItTGCNYrx7CcFj49rSjrUWLQdmrYahersRIsB
 3wiD2xTi9e4dXeP/+VGzGOWB/sHk+73jvrvZe/REa1FCnMINDz4+9V9WaGROMqyq
 MQ8kX0KfYcNVNxy1GOXjU5wLpMN/t/QbvI7gwzRP1DAUCJPoOgFy7AjvSTVG3zuy
 8CtdOFttVkUn5dqsbQR0gVbyQVTS3PGSKz5XC/s8kVDWhja0xZTBYwrskM/4zdSD
 Xf48OyYV5EjpC3FYUSiU
 =OE3Q
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'for-3.8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci

Pull PCI update from Bjorn Helgaas:
 "Host bridge hotplug:
   - Untangle _PRT from struct pci_bus (Bjorn Helgaas)
   - Request _OSC control before scanning root bus (Taku Izumi)
   - Assign resources when adding host bridge (Yinghai Lu)
   - Remove root bus when removing host bridge (Yinghai Lu)
   - Remove _PRT during hot remove (Yinghai Lu)

  SRIOV
    - Add sysfs knobs to control numVFs (Don Dutile)

  Power management
   - Notify devices when power resource turned on (Huang Ying)

  Bug fixes
   - Work around broken _SEG on HP xw9300 (Bjorn Helgaas)
   - Keep runtime PM enabled for unbound PCI devices (Huang Ying)
   - Fix Optimus dual-GPU runtime D3 suspend issue (Dave Airlie)
   - Fix xen frontend shutdown issue (David Vrabel)
   - Work around PLX PCI 9050 BAR alignment erratum (Ian Abbott)

  Miscellaneous
   - Add GPL license for drivers/pci/ioapic (Andrew Cooks)
   - Add standard PCI-X, PCIe ASPM register #defines (Bjorn Helgaas)
   - NumaChip remote PCI support (Daniel Blueman)
   - Fix PCIe Link Capabilities Supported Link Speed definition (Jingoo
     Han)
   - Convert dev_printk() to dev_info(), etc (Joe Perches)
   - Add support for non PCI BAR ROM data (Matthew Garrett)
   - Add x86 support for host bridge translation offset (Mike Yoknis)
   - Report success only when every driver supports AER (Vijay
     Pandarathil)"

Fix up trivial conflicts.

* tag 'for-3.8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci: (48 commits)
  PCI: Use phys_addr_t for physical ROM address
  x86/PCI: Add NumaChip remote PCI support
  ath9k: Use standard #defines for PCIe Capability ASPM fields
  iwlwifi: Use standard #defines for PCIe Capability ASPM fields
  iwlwifi: collapse wrapper for pcie_capability_read_word()
  iwlegacy: Use standard #defines for PCIe Capability ASPM fields
  iwlegacy: collapse wrapper for pcie_capability_read_word()
  cxgb3: Use standard #defines for PCIe Capability ASPM fields
  PCI: Add standard PCIe Capability Link ASPM field names
  PCI/portdrv: Use PCI Express Capability accessors
  PCI: Use standard PCIe Capability Link register field names
  x86: Use PCI setup data
  PCI: Add support for non-BAR ROMs
  PCI: Add pcibios_add_device
  EFI: Stash ROMs if they're not in the PCI BAR
  PCI: Add and use standard PCI-X Capability register names
  PCI/PM: Keep runtime PM enabled for unbound PCI devices
  xen-pcifront: Handle backend CLOSED without CLOSING
  PCI: SRIOV control and status via sysfs (documentation)
  PCI/AER: Report success only when every device has AER-aware driver
  ...
2012-12-13 12:14:47 -08:00
Linus Torvalds
a2013a13e6 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial
Pull trivial branch from Jiri Kosina:
 "Usual stuff -- comment/printk typo fixes, documentation updates, dead
  code elimination."

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (39 commits)
  HOWTO: fix double words typo
  x86 mtrr: fix comment typo in mtrr_bp_init
  propagate name change to comments in kernel source
  doc: Update the name of profiling based on sysfs
  treewide: Fix typos in various drivers
  treewide: Fix typos in various Kconfig
  wireless: mwifiex: Fix typo in wireless/mwifiex driver
  messages: i2o: Fix typo in messages/i2o
  scripts/kernel-doc: check that non-void fcts describe their return value
  Kernel-doc: Convention: Use a "Return" section to describe return values
  radeon: Fix typo and copy/paste error in comments
  doc: Remove unnecessary declarations from Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c
  various: Fix spelling of "asynchronous" in comments.
  Fix misspellings of "whether" in comments.
  eisa: Fix spelling of "asynchronous".
  various: Fix spelling of "registered" in comments.
  doc: fix quite a few typos within Documentation
  target: iscsi: fix comment typos in target/iscsi drivers
  treewide: fix typo of "suport" in various comments and Kconfig
  treewide: fix typo of "suppport" in various comments
  ...
2012-12-13 12:00:02 -08:00
John W. Linville
f9c4d420c1 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem 2012-12-11 16:24:55 -05:00
John W. Linville
c66cfd5325 Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.sipsolutions.net/mac80211-next 2012-12-11 16:04:03 -05:00
John W. Linville
ecbbec2eb0 Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next 2012-12-11 16:03:03 -05:00
Gabor Juhos
36b07d15a6 ath9k: check pdata variable before dereferencing it
Due to my recent commit (ath9k: allow to load EEPROM
content via firmware API) smatch complains about that
the 'pdata' variable in 'ath9k_hw_init' can be NULL
and it is dereferenced before checking that. That is
absolutely correct.

Check the 'pdata' variable before using it to avoid
a NULL pointer dereference.

Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-11 16:00:39 -05:00
Thomas Pedersen
e576defd1f ath5k: RX timestamp is reported at end of frame
This is true for at least AR5213, and shouldn't be different for other
ath5k PHYs. Tested on AR2413 and AR5414.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Acked-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-11 16:00:39 -05:00
Thomas Pedersen
75d7dbc280 ath9k_htc: RX timestamp is reported at end of frame
Accurate RX timestamp reporting is important for proper IBSS merging,
mesh synchronization, and MCCA scheduling. Namely, knowing where the TSF
is recorded is needed to sync with the beacon timestamp field.

Tested with AR9271.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-11 16:00:38 -05:00
Thomas Pedersen
96d21371ac ath9k: RX timestamp is reported at end of frame
Accurate RX timestamp reporting is important for proper IBSS merging,
mesh synchronization, and MCCA scheduling. Namely, knowing where the TSF
is recorded is needed to sync with the beacon timestamp field.

Tested with AR9280.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-11 16:00:38 -05:00
John W. Linville
fe8e410542 rt2800usb: reorganize 2001:3c1e in usb id table Wi-Fi adapter
Someone who physically disassembled the device confirms that its
chipset is Ralink RT5370n.

(Fixed-up after having already merged original patch. -- JWL)

Signed-off-by: Maia Kozheva <sikon@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Xose Vazquez Perez <xose.vazquez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-11 15:55:02 -05:00
Ido Yariv
2e07d02828 wlcore: Always pass DMA-able buffers to mmc functions
Some of the mmc drivers initiate DMA transfers with buffers passed from
higher layers. This means that the driver shouldn't ever pass non
DMA-able buffers, such as ones that are unaligned, allocated on the
stack or static.

Fix a couple of calls to the mmc layer in which buffers which weren't
necessarily DMA-able were passed.

[Use sizeof(*wl->buffer_32) instead of sizeof(u32) -- Luca]

Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-11 12:37:24 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
2fd8a3bb49 wl18xx: count HW block spare based correctly on keys
We have no idea how many VIFs there are requiring a special spare, we
know just about the number of keys set. Rename the counter appropriately
and toggle it whenever a special key is added/removed.
Previously this was only changed once, since it was toggled whenever
the actual spare was changed.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-11 12:37:24 +02:00
Eyal Shapira
0b70078c38 wlcore: support scan reports during periodic scan
FW API changed and now PERIODIC_SCAN_REPORT_EVENT is sent
in case results were found at the end of each sched scan
cycle. Previous FW was missing that and broke sched scan.

This API change is available from 18xx FW 8.5.0.0.27

[Arik - move changes to 18xx specific files, align FW structures to
latest for scan command]

Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-11 12:37:23 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
c80daad625 wl18xx: support MIMO only if HT mode is not forced to SISO
Don't use MIMO rates when HT mode is forced to SISO, even if we have
multiple antennas.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-11 12:37:23 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
9ae5d8d4b7 wlcore: consolidate Rx BA bitmap management to links struct
Remove the STA specific ba_rx_bitmap field and use the common links
structure. This simplifies code setting/checking the BA bitmap.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-11 12:37:23 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
d6037d22f3 wlcore: don't take mutex before stopping queues
Protect all functions touching queue_stop_reasons by spin-lock, since
they are accessed by op_tx. Now there's no need to take the mutex
before caling wlcore_queue_xxx functions.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-11 12:37:22 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
1c33db782d wlcore: use separate HW queue for each AC in each vif
Start using the new hw_queue mechanism in mac80211 and give each AC in
each vif its own hw_queue number. This allows us to stop an AC in a vif
independently from other vifs.

Change the Tx watermark handling functions to count packets per AC in
vif. From now on fast links should not be able to hurt the throughput
of slow links on the same AC but on different vifs.

Change internal queue mgmt functions to operate per vif, to support the
new Tx watermark granularity. Make the global versions of the queue
stop/start functions to use the global mac80211 API for queue mgmt. This
helps in situations where the driver currently doesn't know all the vifs
that reside in mac80211. Recovery is a good example for such a case.

[Moved hw_base_queue addition into the wlcore_tx_get_mac80211_queue()
function; changed WARN_ONs to WARN_ON_ONCEs; simplified for loops;
fixed new checkpatch warnings. -- Luca]

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-11 12:37:13 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
9a1009684d wlcore: use link count for single-STA-PSM optimization
Only allow a PSM STA to congest FW memory when it is the single active
link. Being a single STA doesn't imply a single link - there might be
other links on other roles.

[Changed WARN_ON to WARN_ON_ONCE -- Luca]

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-11 12:25:37 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
98323895c0 wl18xx: limit Tx for the AP single-STA-in-PSM case
Treat a single connected STA in PSM as a slow link and regulate Tx speed
according to slow link priority/stop thresholds.
This allows us to avoid flooding the FW, while delivering decent
throughput to a peer in forced-PSM.

[Small simplification of the if statements -- Luca]

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-11 12:25:36 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
f1626fd898 wlcore/wl18xx: change priority calculations for links
Update the 18xx FW status private part to include Tx related link
priorities. Introduce new HW ops to determine link priority per chip
family.

For 18xx the changes are:
- Suspended links are at most low priority and Tx for them is stopped
  beyond the suspend threshold.
- Active links now get their thresholds directly from FW
- There's a new "stop" threshold for active links, at which point a link
  stops receiving new packets.

Update the min 18xx FW version required to make sure suspended links
bitmap is advertised by the FW.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-11 12:25:18 +02:00
Yair Shapira
c91ec5f3ad wl18xx: fix a bug in wl->num_rx_desc initialization
wl->num_rx_desc was mistakenly initialized with WL18XX_NUM_TX_DESCRIPTORS
but it should use WL18XX_NUM_RX_DESCRIPTORS instead.

This bug was passed unnoticed because currently both RX and TX descriptors
are initialized to the same value (32).

Signed-off-by: Yair Shapira <yair.shapira@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-11 10:26:24 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
c23280eb14 wlcore: set 5Ghz probe-req template for DFS channels
Even passive scans on DFS channels require us to send probe requests, so
configure the probe-req in this case.

Also use this opportunity to prevent the code from crashing in case no
SSIDs are sent from above. This will likely happen in the DFS case
introduced. Even a passive scan might need the probe request configured
because of DFS channels.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-11 10:26:23 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
387116b89e wlcore: improve handling for Rx errors
Treat Rx error code as a bitmask. This allows sending MIC failures
when other error bit are on.

Align Rx descriptor status mask to the FW definition.

Ease debugging in case FW reports failure to decrypt on packets.

Discard corrupted packets early in Rx path to avoid reporting other
abnormalities with corrupted packets that also have other failure bytes on.
Namely - we don't want to get a MIC failure on a corrupted packet.
This is mandated by the WiFi specification - see
section 11.4.2.4.1 in 802.11-2012.

Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-11 10:26:23 +02:00
Eyal Shapira
5d3a160365 wlcore: increase scan dwell times if no activity
There's a limit on scan dwell times of max 30ms in order
to avoid degrading voip traffic which could be going on
while scanning. However these dwell times increase the
chance of missing out on nearby APs leading to partial
scan results. Allow configuration of longer dwell times
in case there no active interface (i.e. no STA associated
or AP up).

[Arik - count started vifs using an in-driver function]

[Fixed some new checkpatch warnings regarding comments in the
networking subsystem. -- Luca]

Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-11 10:25:39 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
f4d02007cd wlcore: remove support for injected Tx
Require each incoming packet to have a valid vif. The injected Tx code
path was buggy (and unused), so disallow it altogether.

Cleanup a few places and add a warning so we can better discover
anomalies (corrupted skbs?) masquerading as injected Tx.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-11 09:38:23 +02:00
Eliad Peller
530abe195d wlcore: add ACX_PEER_CAP command
ACX_PEER_CAP command is just ACX_PEER_HT_CAP, but allows
configuring the peer's support rates as well.

this is needed because we start the station role when
the remote rates are not known yet.

the two commands should be unified in future fw versions,
but for now add a new set_peer_cap per-hw op, that will
use ACX_PEER_CAP for 18xx, and ACX_PEER_HT_CAP for 12xx.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-11 09:35:34 +02:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
25a172655f iwlwifi: don't handle masked interrupt
This can lead to a panic if the driver isn't ready to
handle them. Since our interrupt line is shared, we can get
an interrupt at any time (and CONFIG_DEBUG_SHIRQ checks
that even when the interrupt is being freed).

If the op_mode has gone away, we musn't call it. To avoid
this the transport disables the interrupts when the hw is
stopped and the op_mode is leaving.
If there is an event that would cause an interrupt the INTA
register is updated regardless of the enablement of the
interrupts: even if the interrupts are disabled, the INTA
will be changed, but the device won't issue an interrupt.
But the ISR can be called at any time, so we ought ignore
the value in the INTA otherwise we can call the op_mode
after it was freed.

I found this bug when the op_mode_start failed, and called
iwl_trans_stop_hw(trans, true). Then I played with the
RFKILL button, and removed the module.
While removing the module, the IRQ is freed, and the ISR is
called (CONFIG_DEBUG_SHIRQ enabled). Panic.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-10 22:40:09 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
27edb1accf iwlwifi: silently ignore fw flaws in Tx path
We know that we have issues with the fw in the reclaim path.
This is why iwl_reclaim doesn't complain too loud when it
happens since it is recoverable. Somehow, the caller of
iwl_reclaim however WARNed when it happens. This doesn't
make any sense.

When I digged into the history of that code, I discovered
that this bug occurs only when we receive a BA notification.
So move the W/A in the BA notification handling code where
it was before.

This patch addresses:
http://bugzilla.intellinuxwireless.org/show_bug.cgi?id=2387

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Florian Reitmeir <florian@reitmeir.org>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-10 22:39:28 +01:00
Tim Gardner
8907a6fb62 iwlwifi: iwlagn_request_scan: Fix check for priv->scan_request
The WARN_ON_ONCE() check for scan_request will not correctly detect
a NULL pointer for scan_type == IWL_SCAN_NORMAL. Make it explicit
that the check only applies to normal scans.

Convert WARN_ON_ONCE to WARN_ON since priv->scan_request really _can't_
be NULL for normal scans. If it is then we should emit frequent warnings.

This smatch warning led to scrutiny of iwlagn_request_scan():

drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/dvm/scan.c:894 iwlagn_request_scan() error: we previously assumed 'priv->scan_request' could be null (see line 792)

Signed-off-by: Tim Gardner <tim.gardner@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-10 22:38:58 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
78f18df4b3 b43: fix tx path skb leaks
ieee80211_free_txskb() needs to be used instead of dev_kfree_skb_any for
tx packets passed to the driver from mac80211

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:49:59 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
596ab5ec3b ath5k: fix tx path skb leaks
ieee80211_free_txskb() needs to be used instead of dev_kfree_skb_any for
tx packets passed to the driver from mac80211

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:49:58 -05:00
Gabor Juhos
ab5c4f71d8 ath9k: allow to load EEPROM content via firmware API
The calibration data for devices w/o a separate
EEPROM chip can be specified via the 'eeprom_data'
field of 'ath9k_platform_data'. The 'eeprom_data'
is usually filled from board specific setup
functions. It is easy if the EEPROM data is mapped
to the memory, but it can be complicated if it is
stored elsewhere.

The patch adds support for loading of the EEPROM
data via the firmware API to avoid this limitation.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:49:57 -05:00
Gabor Juhos
0e4b9f2f12 ath9k: use 'struct ath_hw *' as the first argument for 'ath9k_hw_nvram_read'
The 'ath9k_hw_nvram_read' function takes a
'struct ath_common *' as its first argument.
Almost each of its caller has a 'struct ath_hw *'
parameter in their argument list, and that is
dereferenced in order to get the 'struct ath_common'
pointer.

Change the first argument of 'ath9k_hw_nvram_read'
to be a 'struct ath_hw *', and remove the dereference
calls from the callers.

Also change the type of the first argument of the
ar9300_eeprom_read_{byte,word} functions.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:49:56 -05:00
Gabor Juhos
7177d8f998 ath9k: add EEPROM offset to debug message
Show the EEPROM offset of the failed read operation
in 'ath9k_hw_nvram_read'. The debug message is more
informative this way.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:49:55 -05:00
Gabor Juhos
2fd2cdfb6d ath9k: move duplicated debug message to 'ath9k_hw_nvram_read'
The fill_eeprom functions are printing the same
debug message in case the 'ath9k_hw_nvram_read'
function fails. Remove the duplicated code from
fill_eeprom functions and add the ath_dbg call
directly into 'ath9k_hw_nvram_read'.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:49:54 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
b7c0c23889 ath9k_hw: Fix signal strength / channel noise reporting
While AR_PHY_CCA_NOM_VAL_* does contain the expected internal noise floor
for a chip measured in clean air, it refers to the lowest expected reading.

Depending on the frequency, this measurement can vary by about 6db, thus
causing a higher reported channel noise and signal strength.

Factor in the 6db offset when converting internal noisefloor to channel noise.

This patch makes the reported values more accurate for all chips without
affecting NF calibration behavior.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:49:54 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
3edfd10b45 ath9k_hw: Update intivals for AR9340
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:49:52 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
1562580e37 ath9k_hw: Calculate the correct training power for PAPRD
Assign the training power for PAPRD based on the chip.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:49:51 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
0f21ee8d9c ath9k_hw: Add HW cap for PAPRD
Add a HW capability to indicate whether PAPRD is enabled
for the card, since PAPRD could be enabled in the EEPROM, but
disabled in the driver. This makes things clearer.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:49:50 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
d882d242e4 ath9k_hw: Fix PAPRD retraining for AR9485
Retraining of PAPRD based on agc2_pwr is required for
chips other than AR9485.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:49:49 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
36d2943ba7 ath9k_hw: Various trivial fixes for PAPRD
* Remove unneeded memset.

  All the values in the PAPRD gain table are filled, so there
  is no need to zero out the arrays.

* Use GFP_KERNEL in ar9003_paprd_create_curve

  This is called from the PAPRD work, so the atomic variant
  is not needed.

* Change return type of ar9003_paprd_setup_gain_table

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:49:48 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
19f7842240 ath9k: Fix redundant PS wrappers
Move the PowerSave wrappers outside ath_paprd_activate(),
since they are already being used in ath_paprd_calibrate().

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:49:47 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
914d0f4def ath9k: Add a few debug messages for PAPRD
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:49:47 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
8c723e2df2 ath9k_hw: Fix PAPRD training
The PAPRD training control registers have to be
programmed with values that depend on the chip. This patch
ensures that the correct values are chosen for the chip
in use.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:49:46 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
b8a95db7df ath9k_hw: Fix PAPRD registers for AR9485
Various PAPRD registers are at addresses that are different
from those for the rest of the chips in the AR9003 family.
Fix them.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:49:45 -05:00
Gabor Juhos
b3cd802137 ath9k: ar9003: fix OTP register offsets for AR9340
Trying to access the OTP memory on the AR9340
causes a data bus error like this:

  Data bus error, epc == 86e84164, ra == 86e84164
  Oops[#1]:
  Cpu 0
  $ 0   : 00000000 00000061 deadc0de 00000000
  $ 4   : b8115f18 00015f18 00000007 00000004
  $ 8   : 00000001 7c7c3c7c 7c7c7c7c 7c7c7c7c
  $12   : 7c7c3c7c 001f0041 00000000 7c7c7c3c
  $16   : 86ee0000 00015f18 00000000 00000007
  $20   : 00000004 00000064 00000004 86d71c44
  $24   : 00000000 86e6ca00
  $28   : 86d70000 86d71b20 86ece0c0 86e84164
  Hi    : 00000000
  Lo    : 00000064
  epc   : 86e84164 ath9k_hw_wait+0x58/0xb0 [ath9k_hw]
      Tainted: G           O
  ra    : 86e84164 ath9k_hw_wait+0x58/0xb0 [ath9k_hw]
  Status: 1100d403    KERNEL EXL IE
  Cause : 4080801c
  PrId  : 0001974c (MIPS 74Kc)
  Modules linked in: ath9k(O+) ath9k_common(O) ath9k_hw(O) ath(O) ar934x_nfc
  mac80211(O) usbcore usb_common scsi_mod nls_base nand nand_ecc nand_ids
  crc_ccitt cfg80211(O) compat(O) arc4 aes_generic crypto_blkcipher cryptomgr
  aead crypto_hash crypto_algapi ledtrig_timer ledtrig_default_on leds_gpio
  Process insmod (pid: 459, threadinfo=86d70000, task=87942140, tls=779ac440)
  Stack : 802fb500 000200da 804db150 804e0000 87816130 86ee0000 00010000 86d71b88
          86d71bc0 00000004 00000003 86e9fcd0 80305300 0002c0d0 86e74c50 800b4c20
          000003e8 00000001 00000000 86ee0000 000003ff 86e9fd64 80305300 80123938
          fffffffc 00000004 000058bc 00000000 86ea0000 86ee0000 000001ff 878d6000
          99999999 86e9fdc0 86ee0fcc 86e9e664 0000c0d0 86ee0000 0000700000007000
          ...
  Call Trace:
  [<86e84164>] ath9k_hw_wait+0x58/0xb0 [ath9k_hw]
  [<86e9fcd0>] ath9k_hw_setup_statusring+0x16b8/0x1c7c [ath9k_hw]

  Code: 0000a812  0040f809  00000000 <00531024> 1054000b  24020001  0c05b5dc  2404000a  26520001

The cause of the error is that the OTP register
offsets are different on the AR9340 than the
actually used values.

Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 3.0+
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:49:44 -05:00
Maia Kozheva
fd7b927012 rt2800usb: Add support for 2001:3c1e (D-Link DWA-125 rev B1) USB Wi-Fi adapter
D-Link DWA-125/B1 is a relatively new USB Wi-Fi adapter, using a
Ralink chipset supported by the rt2800usb driver. Currently, to work
around the problem (it's missing in all present kernel versions,
up to and including 3.7.x), I had to add this to /etc/rc.local:

echo 2001 3c1e >> /sys/bus/usb/drivers/rt2800usb/new_id

After that, the device works without problems. Been using it for over
a week with no bugs in sight.

The attached patch is trivial and simply adds the new USB ID to the
list of devices handled by rt2800usb.

Signed-off-by: Maia Kozheva <sikon@ubuntu.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:49:37 -05:00
Christian Lamparter
fc5e286ff4 carl9170: fix copy and paste mishap in carl9170_handle_mpdu
This patch fixes a regression which was introduced by:
"carl9170: split up carl9170_handle_mpdu"

Previously, the ieee80211_rx_status was kept on the
stack of carl9170_handle_mpdu. Now it's passed into
the function as a pointer parameter. Hence, the old
memcpy call needs to be fixed.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:47:31 -05:00
Hauke Mehrtens
9dd4ea5154 brcmsmac: add support for BCM43224 with PCI id of 14e4:a8d8
This device can be found on some embedded devices connected to a
Broadcom SoC like the BCM4718.
I tested this with my Netgear WNDR3400 v1.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:47:31 -05:00
Hauke Mehrtens
512ae05611 brcmsmac: do a read after the write of the objmem on broken PCIe controllers
As described in the documentation of bcma_wflush16 in drivers/net
/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/types.h some PCIe controllers of Broadcom
SoCs are broken. The PCIe controller on these SoCs are mostly used to
connect some additional wifi device to the SoC and some of these wifi
devices are supported by brcmsmac.
For my BCM43224 connected to the broken PCIe controller of the BCM4718 I
need an extra read after write in brcms_b_write_objmem() to prevent a
Data bus error. This fixes the problem reading tsf_random later.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:47:30 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
4f7dc951e2 ath9k: Fix regression in 'xmit' debugfs file
Commit "ath9k: Fix the 'xmit' debugfs file" changed the
the array size of ath_stats.txstats to IEEE80211_NUM_ACS,
which is wrong because the HW queue number is used to
update the statistics. Revert back to using ATH9K_NUM_TX_QUEUES.

Reported-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:47:30 -05:00
Larry Finger
576d28a7c7 b43legacy: Fix firmware loading when driver is built into the kernel
Recent versions of udev cause synchronous firmware loading from the
probe routine to fail because the request to user space times out.
The original fix for b43legacy (commit a3ea2c7) moved the firmware
load from the probe routine to a work queue, but it still used synchronous
firmware loading. This method is OK when b43legacy is built as a module;
however, it fails when the driver is compiled into the kernel.

This version changes the code to load the initial firmware file
using request_firmware_nowait(). A completion event is used to
hold the work queue until that file is available. The remaining
firmware files are read synchronously.

Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>  (V3.4+)
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:47:29 -05:00
Hauke Mehrtens
6f80f01483 brcmsmac: add support for cores with revision 17
This adds support for bcma wifi core revision 17 which is found on
BCM4716/4717/4718 SoCs. The firmware version 610.812 for brcmsmac found
in linux-firmware does not support these cores, but a firmware
generated with b43-fwcutter from the proprietary broadcom wireless
driver works with these chips. This wifi core contains a revision 5
N-PHY and a revision 7 radio of type 0x2056.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:47:29 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
9c170e0686 Revert "ath9k_hw: Update AR9003 high_power tx gain table"
This reverts commit f74b9d365d.

Turns out reverting commit a240dc7b3c
"ath9k_hw: Updated AR9003 tx gain table for 5GHz" was not enough to
bring the tx power back to normal levels on devices like the
Buffalo WZR-HP-G450H, this one needs to be reverted as well.

This revert improves tx power by ~10 db on that device

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Cc: rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:47:28 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
1688673518 brcmfmac: remove WL_CONN() macro
Get rid of WL_CONN(...) macro in favor of brcmf_dbg(CONN,...)

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:47:28 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
4e8a008e57 brcmfmac: remove WL_SCAN() macro
Get rid of WL_SCAN(...) macro in favor of brcmf_dbg(SCAN,...)

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:47:27 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
d96b801f0f brcmfmac: remove WL_TRACE() macro
Get rid of WL_TRACE(...) macro in favor of brcmf_dbg(TRACE,...)

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:47:27 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
647c9ae0dd brcmfmac: replace WL_INFO() macro
Get rid of WL_INFO() in favor of brcmf_dbg(INFO,...).

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:47:27 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
57d6e91a42 brcmfmac: replace WL_ERR() with brcmf_err()
Getting rid of wl_cfg80211 specific error log macro.

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:47:26 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
9623aba87c brcmfmac: consolidate debug macros in wl_cfg80211
The source file wl_cfg80211.c has its own debug macros and levels.
This patch maps the macros to the ones used in the rest of the
brcmfmac driver.

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:47:26 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
5e8149f503 brcmfmac: error messages should not be suppressed
The call to brcmf_dbg(ERROR, ...) only resulted in a log message
when compiled with -DDEBUG. Error messages are valuable for resolving
issues so this patch replaces it with brcmf_err(...) so they always
end up in the log.

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:33:06 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
dc5cbdfdf7 brcmfmac: use one list of event defintions
Currently, adding a new event requires modification in two source
files. Use macro definition to have one place and have better
maintainability.

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:33:05 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
d8df4901b3 brcmsmac: fix uninitialized variable warning on arm architecture
Using gcc v4.7.2 gave following warning:

  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/aiutils.o
brcmsmac/aiutils.c: In function 'ai_deviceremoved':
brcmsmac/aiutils.c:733:9: error: 'w' may be used uninitialized
in this function [-Werror=uninitialized]

Inspection of the pci_read_config_dword() function showed it can
return without modifying the output variable 'w' so this patch
initializes it to 0.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:33:05 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
d9cb259650 brcmfmac: rework bus interface
Rework the bus interface between common driver part and bus-specific
driver part. It prepares for adding tracing in bus-specific callback
functions.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-10 15:33:05 -05:00
Bjorn Helgaas
a875621ec1 ath9k: Use standard #defines for PCIe Capability ASPM fields
Use the standard #defines for PCIe Capability ASPM fields.

Previously we used PCIE_LINK_STATE_L0S and PCIE_LINK_STATE_L1 directly, but
these are defined for the Linux ASPM interfaces, e.g.,
pci_disable_link_state(), and only coincidentally match the actual register
bits.  PCIE_LINK_STATE_CLKPM, also part of that interface, does not match
the register bit.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
2012-12-07 12:10:50 -07:00
Bjorn Helgaas
438a0f0a1f iwlwifi: Use standard #defines for PCIe Capability ASPM fields
Use the standard #defines rather than creating local definitions for
PCIe Capability ASPM fields.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-07 11:19:55 -07:00
Bjorn Helgaas
b9d146e30a iwlwifi: collapse wrapper for pcie_capability_read_word()
iwl_pciexp_link_ctrl() has only one call site and no longer provides any
useful abstraction, so collapse it into the caller.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-07 11:19:54 -07:00
Bjorn Helgaas
f93eaffcac iwlegacy: Use standard #defines for PCIe Capability ASPM fields
Use the standard #defines rather than creating local definitions for
PCIe Capability ASPM fields.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
2012-12-07 11:19:52 -07:00
Bjorn Helgaas
94e1561344 iwlegacy: collapse wrapper for pcie_capability_read_word()
il_pcie_link_ctl() has only one call site and no longer provides any useful
abstraction, so collapse it into the caller.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
2012-12-07 11:19:24 -07:00
John W. Linville
8024dc1910 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem 2012-12-07 13:03:50 -05:00
Johannes Berg
c8a8ab4472 iwlwifi: change TX code to suppress smatch warning
By using a few temporary variables, smatch can track
what's happening and stops complaining that we access
beyond the tid_data array.

This also makes the generated code a bit smaller, so
it's a win all around.

Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-07 09:37:40 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
8d96bb61fc iwlwifi: reset_ict in stop_hw
Since the device is taken down in stop_hw, call reset_ict
from there too.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-06 22:24:51 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
6a06b6c131 iwlwifi: move prph handling into the transport
New transports may handle it internally for better performance.
Also move the tracing inside PRPH access which will make the
output more readable:

iwlwifi_dev_ioread_prph32: Read 0x0 from SCD_AGGR_SEL (32-bit)

instead of the corresponding accesses to HBUS_TARG_PRPH_*.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-06 22:24:03 +01:00
Eytan Lifshitz
b7998c8b44 iwlwifi: Change define and struct names in iwl-eeprom-parse.h
Since we will have several forms of NVM (EEPROM, OTP, etc.)
and they will have different layouts, make the parsed data
more generic. This allows functional code to be independent
of a specific layout.

Also change some variables and function names from having
"eeprom" to "nvm" in their name.

Signed-off-by: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-06 22:21:38 +01:00
Bill Pemberton
9e2ff36bea rtlwifi: remove __dev* attributes
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option.  As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.

Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.

Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 15:06:15 -05:00
Bill Pemberton
b74324d104 wlcore/wl18xx/wl12xx: remove __dev* attributes
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option.  As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.

Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.

Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 15:04:59 -05:00
Bill Pemberton
fd549f135c rtl8187: remove __dev* attributes
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option.  As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.

Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.

Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Herton Ronaldo Krzesinski <herton@canonical.com>
Cc: Hin-Tak Leung <htl10@users.sourceforge.net>
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 15:04:59 -05:00
Bill Pemberton
fb4e899dea rtl8187: remove __dev* attributes
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option.  As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.

Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.

Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 15:04:58 -05:00
Bill Pemberton
692023597a rt2x00: remove __dev* attributes
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option.  As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.

Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.

Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Cc: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Cc: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Cc: users@rt2x00.serialmonkey.com (moderated for non-subscribers)
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 15:04:58 -05:00
Bill Pemberton
337b563f72 p54: remove __dev* attributes
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option.  As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.

Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.

Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 15:04:58 -05:00
Bill Pemberton
baa366cda6 orinoco: remove __dev* attributes
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option.  As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.

Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.

Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 15:04:58 -05:00
Bill Pemberton
8dee5eef2a mwl8k: remove __dev* attributes
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option.  As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.

Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.

Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 15:04:58 -05:00
Bill Pemberton
fbdb7fcefe libertas: remove __dev* attributes
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option.  As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.

Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.

Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Cc: libertas-dev@lists.infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 15:04:57 -05:00
Bill Pemberton
d00064d4f7 iwlwifi: remove __dev* attributes
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option.  As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.

Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.

Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Cc: Intel Linux Wireless <ilw@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 15:04:57 -05:00
Bill Pemberton
a027cb88bf iwlegacy: remove __dev* attributes
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option.  As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.

Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.

Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 15:04:57 -05:00
Bill Pemberton
eb9248eee6 ipw2x00: remove __dev* attributes
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option.  As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.

Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.

Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Stanislav Yakovlev <stas.yakovlev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 15:04:57 -05:00
Bill Pemberton
fcff0c0887 brcm80211: remove __dev* attributes
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option.  As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.

Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.

Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Brett Rudley <brudley@broadcom.com>
Cc: Roland Vossen <rvossen@broadcom.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Cc: Kan Yan <kanyan@broadcom.com>
Cc: brcm80211-dev-list@broadcom.com
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 15:04:56 -05:00
Bill Pemberton
157c9436e6 b43: remove __dev* attributes
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option.  As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.

Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.

Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Stefano Brivio <stefano.brivio@polimi.it>
Cc: b43-dev@lists.infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 15:04:56 -05:00
Bill Pemberton
991683ca49 atmel: remove __dev* attributes
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option.  As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.

Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.

Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 15:04:56 -05:00
Bill Pemberton
e829cf961b ath5k: remove __dev* attributes
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option.  As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.

Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.

Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Cc: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: ath5k-devel@lists.ath5k.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 15:04:56 -05:00
Bill Pemberton
04bfffb805 wireless: remove __dev* attributes
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option.  As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.

Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.

Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 15:04:55 -05:00
Wei Yongjun
8df0f1e5cb ipw2200: return error code on error in ipw_wx_get_auth()
We have assinged error code to 'ret' when get auth from some
option is not supported but never used it, but we'd better return
the error code.

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 14:58:55 -05:00
Wei Yongjun
9304a1c743 brcmsmac: remove duplicated include from debug.c
Remove duplicated include.

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 14:58:55 -05:00
Helmut Schaa
f5685ba675 rt2x00: Only specify interface combinations if more then one interface is possible
Otherwise rt2500* triggers a warning in cfg80211, from net/wireless/core.c:

	/* Combinations with just one interface aren't real */
	if (WARN_ON(c->max_interfaces < 2))

This was introduced in commit 55d2e9da74:
rt2x00: Replace open coded interface checking with interface combinations.

Reported-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.7+]
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 14:58:55 -05:00
Christian Lamparter
1981e881fd carl9170: explain why sta cannot be NULL for ampdus
Dan Carpenter reported that smatch detected a potential
problem with the code [1]:
 drivers/net/wireless/ath/carl9170/tx.c:1488 carl9170_op_tx()
  error: we previously assumed 'sta' could be null (see line 1482)

 drivers/net/wireless/ath/carl9170/tx.c
  1482  if (sta) {
           ^^^^^ New check.
  [...]
  1485  }
  1487  if (info->flags & IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU) {
  1488    run = carl9170_tx_ampdu_queue(ar, sta, skb);
                ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
   Old dereference of "sta" inside the call to carl9170_tx_ampdu_queue().

A range of solutions have been discussed in [2] and
we agreed on the following: "
> we might as well add a comment to carl9170_tx_ampdu_queue
> and explain the situation [in a way that's obvious to a
> human reader]. This way we can save the "if"... which is
> a small win since carl9170_op_tx is sort of a hot-path.
Putting a comment there is fine. Without the comment
it's easy for a human reader to get confused why the
check is there. So long as humans can read the code,
that's all that matters."

[1] <http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg94526.html>
[2] <http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-kernel-janitors/msg14953.html>

Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 14:58:55 -05:00
Luis R. Rodriguez
f241b244dd brcmfmac: convert struct spinlock to spinlock_t
spinlock_t should always be used.

  LD      drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/built-in.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/wl_cfg80211.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/wl_cfg80211.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/fwil.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/fwil.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/fweh.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/fweh.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dhd_cdc.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dhd_cdc.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dhd_common.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dhd_common.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dhd_linux.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dhd_linux.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dhd_sdio.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dhd_sdio.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/bcmsdh.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/bcmsdh.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/bcmsdh_sdmmc.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/bcmsdh_sdmmc.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/sdio_chip.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/sdio_chip.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/usb.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/usb.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dhd_dbg.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dhd_dbg.o
  LD [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/brcmfmac.o
  LD      drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/built-in.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/mac80211_if.c
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/mac80211_if.c:1311:6: warning: context imbalance in 'brcms_down' - unexpected unlock
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/mac80211_if.c:1598:6: warning: context imbalance in 'brcms_rfkill_set_hw_state' - unexpected unlock
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/mac80211_if.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/ucode_loader.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/ucode_loader.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/ampdu.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/ampdu.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/antsel.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/antsel.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/channel.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/channel.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/main.c
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/main.c:6246:36: warning: Initializer entry defined twice
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/main.c:6246:43:   also defined here
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/main.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy_shim.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy_shim.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/pmu.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/pmu.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/rate.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/rate.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/stf.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/stf.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/aiutils.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/aiutils.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy/phy_cmn.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy/phy_cmn.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy/phy_lcn.c
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy/phy_lcn.c:3313:46: warning: cast truncates bits from constant value (ffff7fff becomes 7fff)
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy/phy_lcn.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy/phy_n.c
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy/phy_n.c:17688:47: warning: cast truncates bits from constant value (ffff7fff becomes 7fff)
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy/phy_n.c:18187:53: warning: cast truncates bits from constant value (ffff3fff becomes 3fff)
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy/phy_n.c:21160:36: warning: cast truncates bits from constant value (ffff3fff becomes 3fff)
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy/phy_n.c:23321:35: warning: cast truncates bits from constant value (ffff7fff becomes 7fff)
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy/phy_n.c:28343:44: warning: cast truncates bits from constant value (ffff1fff becomes 1fff)
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy/phy_n.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy/phytbl_lcn.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy/phytbl_lcn.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy/phytbl_n.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy/phytbl_n.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy/phy_qmath.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/phy/phy_qmath.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/dma.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/dma.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/brcms_trace_events.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/brcms_trace_events.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/debug.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/debug.o
  LD [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/brcmsmac.o
  LD      drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmutil/built-in.o
  CHECK   drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmutil/utils.c
  CC [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmutil/utils.o
  LD [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmutil/brcmutil.o
  Building modules, stage 2.
  MODPOST 3 modules
  CC      drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/brcmfmac.mod.o
  LD [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/brcmfmac.ko
  CC      drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/brcmsmac.mod.o
  LD [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/brcmsmac.ko
  CC      drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmutil/brcmutil.mod.o
  LD [M]  drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmutil/brcmutil.ko

Cc: Brett Rudley <brudley@broadcom.com>
Cc: Roland Vossen <rvossen@broadcom.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Cc: Kan Yan <kanyan@broadcom.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: brcm80211-dev-list@broadcom.com
Reported-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-06 14:58:54 -05:00
John W. Linville
403e16731f Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/mwifiex/sta_ioctl.c
	net/mac80211/scan.c
2012-12-06 14:58:41 -05:00
John W. Linville
55cb0797fa This is an NFC LLCP fix for 3.7 and contains only one patch.
It fixes a potential crash when receiving an LLCP HDLC frame acking a frame
 that is not the last sent one. In that case we may dereference an already
 freed pointer.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJQt0kOAAoJEIqAPN1PVmxKpxoQAJwbaylVz/miDjJLPekDhQ+z
 YkDmtBWJD9oy5GS/EUZPRIIEj+Ftaao0lAJDP4couYiZPQbrRBY1llBOxcIzkCqR
 fsAaD8jnPRGHwWtdqws8txFePh4Hn5WXHmJbcsOyVGt4gmy/xT06gme4p3VdIQIP
 XIkbss5mz29OdQwOLHzH4zva7JtZm9XOEWYWAbbFsrgNxXLBt7GhfF92TT29K4Wt
 UxFalwMYrpowY+BCBWzS1H31wVvNaDcsBRSO0hqvUZb7DgWM2b25B4Xnx3LiyLHR
 9A17LWYso6mRhQPSqqhT5wWlKNT1G5VKZ8/X0i69ZLXi040NzpvMbvq41RhM9SwN
 bmWZNUWGrGkQJY6VPAdXeraoSmSNwOD4KnLXNV8rWmmg+NSzf8ZPWNCcxNEdIMnK
 oBe7vvk3j5z6QGNPeMB5C3hfpyRwyvRTqC9O5/dO7DOYD0lb0O6tuj1/MzhsOR2L
 pzBUjkvfJBA0FXdeDD7gFwR062uJZL4hinRpFPj4qTtFWPYypirWdnRpCSZbvbeW
 ZB3k7+8oNOGhn1TYPUmWsN1GNk2EJ4ZSpAf7BUI5Vb1KmcSpUQA6BN6yPlS/WQ4U
 eowwW+sUYPu5LixMCO/LtuUllJ/RCTzdQJH6j/hZlEqmfYs00emKNa08tk15XjGF
 zn2jXJjTykbYiVRirBR5
 =tpAI
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'nfc-fixes-3.7-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-3.0

This is an NFC LLCP fix for 3.7 and contains only one patch.

It fixes a potential crash when receiving an LLCP HDLC frame acking a frame
that is not the last sent one. In that case we may dereference an already
freed pointer.
2012-12-06 14:55:57 -05:00
Johannes Berg
01331040e6 wireless: fix VHT max AMPDU exponent definition
This is really a 3-bit field, not a single bit,
so declare a mask and shift. Also fix hwsim, it
advertises the maximum possible.

While at it reindent all the defines using tabs
instead of spaces.

Change-Id: I7cd81c0d72f76deb5010aba5bfa3dd312006e898
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-06 14:02:51 +01:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
ab9d6e4ffe Revert: "rt2x00: Don't let mac80211 send a BAR when an AMPDU subframe fails"
This revert:

commit be03d4a45c
Author: Andreas Hartmann <andihartmann@01019freenet.de>
Date:   Tue Apr 17 00:25:28 2012 +0200

    rt2x00: Don't let mac80211 send a BAR when an AMPDU subframe fails

To fix problem workaround by above commit use
IEEE80211_HW_TEARDOWN_AGGR_ON_BAR_FAIL flag (see change log for
"mac80211: introduce IEEE80211_HW_TEARDOWN_AGGR_ON_BAR_FAIL" patch).

Resolve: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=42828
Bisected-by: Francisco Pina Martins <f.pinamartins@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-05 09:57:19 +01:00
Arik Nemtsov
4d70384761 wl18xx: set last Tx rate from FW status
Obtain the last Tx rate from the FW status and translate it to
the mac80211 rate+flag format before sending it up via the Tx status.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-05 09:45:13 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
0e81047996 wlcore: improved Tx scheduling algorithm
Prioritize EDCA by choosing the AC before anything else. Use the
fast/slow link bitmap in FW to improve the scheduling algorithm for
the multi-link scenario.

Set packet thresholds to determine if a given link is high or low
priority according to its speed. A slow link will be given high priority
if the amount of packets queued for it in the FW is lower than the
slow-threshold. Similarly, a fast link will be given high priority if
the number of its packets queued in FW is smaller than the high-threshold.

The improved algorithm:
1. Choose optimal AC according to FW utilization
2. Traversing the VIFs in a round-robin fashion, try to choose a high
   priority link. Links are traversed in a round-robin fashion inside a
   VIF.
3. If no high priority links are found, choose the first non-empty
   (low priority) link found in the round robin.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-05 09:43:33 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
9ebcb23215 wlcore: track FW-allocated packets per link
Move FW-allocation tracking code to the fw_status function and track
allocations made by all links. These will be incorporated in the
improved Tx scheduling algorithm.

Manually zero the system link counters on op_stop, as this link is not
allocated the normal way.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-05 09:43:33 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
8591d42452 wlcore: count packets held per AC in each vif
This accounting will help find a vif that has data in a specific AC.
Otherwise we have to traverse all the links, which can be lengthy for
the AP case.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-05 09:43:33 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
1e0708a957 wlcore: track wlvif inside per-link structure
This allows us to pass only the link as a parameter to various functions
and deduce the wlvif. Note that this member will be NULL for global
links.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-05 09:43:32 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
b50a62bb39 wlcore: initialize per-link FW freed blocks correctly
When a link is allocated, sometimes the "freed packets" counter in FW
is non zero, but we always assumed it is. This caused us to incorrectly
account FW allocated blocks in some cases.

When operating in AP mode, this bug caused some stations to never
come back from PSM.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-05 09:43:32 +02:00
Victor Goldenshtein
583f81644a wlcore: restore default channel configuration
wlcore allocates two static structs wl1271_band_2ghz & wl1271_band_5ghz
which are used/modified by Reg-Domain e.g. some channel might be marked
as passive at some point. Make sure we don't keep stale settings around
if the HW is unregistered/registered during operation.

[Arik - use Tx-power constant and tweak commit message]

Signed-off-by: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-05 09:42:35 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
6c4c453462 wlcore: consolidate free_link and always call it
Make sure free_link is always called when removing an interface. This
ensures all skbs belonging to this interface are returned to mac80211.
Otherwise these dangling skbs might crash the system on the next
call to wl1271_tx_reset_link_queues(). This happens on recovery/stop or
an unsuccessful Tx flush.

Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-05 09:41:47 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
d935e385f8 wlcore: take the mutex before resetting Tx queues
Otherwise we risk contention for private members of our global structure
while op_stop_locked is running.

Reported-by: Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-05 09:41:47 +02:00
Victor Goldenshtein
4c14518517 wlcore: remove unnecessary WARN_ON in wl12xx_tx_reset
Sometimes the driver can perform a recovery while Tx is
active, this will trigger unnecessary warning which might
delay the recovery for more than 100 mS.

Signed-off-by: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-05 09:41:47 +02:00
Eliad Peller
0330ee1f5b wl18xx: declare support for greenfield ht_cap
The 18xx fw supports greenfield so add the
IEEE80211_HT_CAP_GRN_FLD flag to the supported
ht capabilities flags.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Reis <idor@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-04 17:05:53 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
5d979f3517 wlcore: clear roc_vif on iface removal
When removing an interface currently performing a ROC operation, clear
the current ROC state. This is useful especially during recovery and
keeps mac80211 in sync to our state.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-04 17:05:52 +02:00
Eliad Peller
2718bf4099 wlcore: remove WLCORE_QUIRK_NO_ELP
all the current firmwares support elp, so
we can safely remove WLCORE_QUIRK_NO_ELP.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-04 17:05:52 +02:00
Eliad Peller
3b44b3b368 wlcore: allow ACX_BA_SESSION_RX_SETUP to fail
Under some circumstances, that fw might be asked to
remove a rx ba sessions it doesn't know about. In
this case, instead of triggering a recovery, accept
the error code (CMD_STATUS_NO_RX_BA_SESSION) and
ignore it.

[Arik - indicate failure up when the BA session cannot be setup]

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-04 17:05:52 +02:00
Eliad Peller
ea5084356f wlcore: allow fw commands to fail
Currently, each fw command/acx that return a status code
different than CMD_STATUS_SUCCESS will trigger a recovery
in the driver.

However, it is a valid for some fw commands to fail (e.g.
due to temporary lack of resources), so add new functions
that allow passing bitmap of valid error return values.

(make the current wl1271_cmd_send/wl1271_cmd_configure
wrappers around the new functions, in order to avoid
changing the whole driver)

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-04 17:05:52 +02:00
Yair Shapira
d88949b7de wl18xx: support 2nd set of mac/phy tx-power params
First set (low, medium and high TX power values) is used
for STA-HP background role. The 2nd set is used for other roles.

Update other mac/phy parameters according to new FW.

Signed-off-by: Yair Shapira <yair.shapira@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>

Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/ti/wl18xx/main.c
2012-12-04 17:01:39 +02:00
Ido Reis
ec4f4b76a6 wl18xx: update default mac/phy parameters
Update mac/phy paramters according to the default HP SISO boards.

Signed-off-by: Ido Reis <idor@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-04 16:59:31 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
3ea186d137 wlcore/wl12xx: make sure session id is always zero for AP
The 12xx FW doesn't support non-zero session ids for AP-mode. Introduce
an appropriate quirk to make sure the session id is always zero when
needed.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-04 16:43:04 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
aaabee8b76 Merge branch 'wl12xx-next' into for-linville
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/ti/wlcore/main.c
2012-12-04 16:39:47 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
2f24456149 wl18xx: ignore irrelevant firmware version fields
For wl18xx, only the chip ID and the minor version number are
relevant.  Ignore the other numbers which are either not used or
relate to internal projects or internal branches.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-04 16:36:12 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
8675f9abdf wlcore/wl12xx/wl18xx: verify multi-role and single-role fw versions
Previously we were only checking the single-role firmware version.
Now add code to check for the firmware versions separately for each
firmware type.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-04 16:36:12 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
b3ec9cf205 wl12xx: ignore some of the firmware version fields
The firmware type and the project number fields in the firmware
version number, cannot be checked as if they increase sequentially,
because the former is the firmware type and the latter is an internal
project number.  There's no guarantee that these numbers will remain
incremental, so use WLCORE_FW_VER_IGNORE.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-04 16:36:11 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
af4e94c565 wlcore: change way of checking the firmware version
The firmwares version string contain 5 integers.  We used to consider
all the digits (except for the first one, which indicates the chip) as
linearly increasing version numbers.  This is not correct, because
some of the integers indicate type of firmware (eg. single-role
vs. multi-role) or the internal project it was created for.

Besides, this varies a bit from chip to chip, so we need to make the
firmware version checks more flexible (eg. allow the lower driver to
ignore some of the integers).  Additionally, we need to change the
code so that we only check for a linearly increasing number on the
fields where this actually makes sense.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-04 16:36:11 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
c3552c0625 wlcore/wl12xx: remove deprecated FW version check
We don't distinguish between STA and AP firmwares anymore, so the
firmware version checking and quirks setting in wl12xx isn't needed
anymore.

Remove implementation of .identify_fw in wl12xx and deprecated
definitions.  Don't remove the op entirely from wlcore, because it may
be needed for more fine-grained checking later.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-04 16:36:10 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
986f3aa166 wlcore/wl12xx: move wl12xx chip ID defines to the lower driver
Move wl12xx-specific chip ID macros to the wl12xx driver and rename
them to 127X and 128X for clarity since both the "1" (2.4GHz) and the
"3" (2.4GHz and 5GHz) variants use the same chip ID.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-04 16:36:10 +02:00
Yair Shapira
7230341f25 wlcore/wl18xx/wl12xx: add recovery settings to conf
add support for recovery settings including bug_on_recovery and
no_recovery options.

These options can now be set using wl18xx-conf.bin file and wlconf
tool.

Signed-off-by: Yair Shapira <yair.shapira@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-04 16:36:09 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
c108c90535 wlcore: gather information about firmware stability
It's sometimes useful to gather information about the firmware
stability in long test runs, especially to see if problems are
recurring frequently or not.  With this commit we count the number of
times a hardware recovery was issued and print it out during recovery
and in the driver_state in debugfs.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Igal Chernobelsky <igalc@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-04 16:36:09 +02:00
Eliad Peller
518b680a8e wlcore: move ps change handling to .bss_info_changed()
Adapt the new mac80211 BSS_CHANGED_PS notification,
and do the ps handling in mac80211's per-vif
callback (.bss_info_changed), rather than in
the per-device (.config) callback.

Make sure to configure it only after association.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-04 16:36:08 +02:00
Eliad Peller
873d2a4034 wlcore: mask out CCK rates when starting GO
mask out CCK rates from the AP's local rates
when the interace is p2p interface (GO).

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-04 16:36:08 +02:00
Eliad Peller
426001a6aa wlcore: use sta_state-based ROCs for AP mode
Try an opportunistic ROC when a STA is first added and stop the ROC when
the STA is removed or successfully authenticated. This would ensure we
don't miss auth/assoc/EAPOL packets during connection

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-04 16:36:07 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
de40750f4b wlcore/wl18xx/wl12xx: separate channel count between chips
18xx chips are capable of staying on 2 channels at the same time.
Introduce a chip-family specific parameter to set the number of channels
in the interface-combinations published by the driver.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-12-04 16:36:07 +02:00
Florian Fainelli
795e936421 mwl8k: remove useless pci shutdown callback and stray debugging
This patch removes a left over debugging print present in the pci
shutdown callback, since this callback does not do anything useful, get
rid of it entirely.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <ffainelli@freebox.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-03 13:52:01 -05:00
Gabor Juhos
d6d82020d0 rt2x00: rt2800lib: introduce RFCSR3_VCOCAL_EN
On the RF3290,RF5360,RF5370,RF5372,RF5390,RF5392
radio frontends, the VCO calibration can be
controlled via the RFCSR3 register. The current
code uses the RFCSR30_RF_CALIBRATION constant to
enable the calibration, however that belongs to
the RFCSR30 register. Although the values of the
constant is correct, but using that for another
register is confusing.

Add a new definition for the VCO calibration enable
bit of the RFCSR3 register and use that in the
relevant places in order to avoid confusions.

The patch contains no functional changes.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-03 13:52:01 -05:00
Gabor Juhos
fc1b63d75d rt2x00: rt2800lib: remove trailing semicolons from RFCSR3_* defines
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-03 13:52:01 -05:00
Christian Lamparter
649a6ac4a7 carl9170: fix signal strength reporting issues
On A-MPDU frames, the hardware only reports valid
signal strength data for the last subframe.

This patch fixes it by flagging everything but the
last subframe in an A-MPDU to tell mac80211 to
ignore the signal strength entirely. Otherwise
the empty value (= 0 dbm) will distort the
average quite badly.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-03 13:52:00 -05:00
Gabor Juhos
33e274e669 rt2x00: rt2800lib: fix indentation in rt2800_init_rfcsr
The patch contains no functional changes.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-03 13:52:00 -05:00
Gabor Juhos
e6d227b976 rt2x00: rt2800lib: fix indentation of some rt2x00_rt calls
The patch contains no functional changes.

Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-03 13:52:00 -05:00
Dan Carpenter
6dac344742 p54: potential signedness issue in p54_parse_rssical()
"entries" is unsigned here, so it is never less than zero.  In theory,
len could be less than offset so I have added a check for that.

Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-12-03 13:51:59 -05:00
Masanari Iida
45c2aa9891 wireless: mwifiex: Fix typo in wireless/mwifiex driver
Correct spelling typo in wireless/mwifiex driver.

Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2012-12-03 11:02:53 +01:00
Seth Forshee
55cec50555 brcmsmac: Fix possible NULL pointer dereference in _dma_ctrlflags()
There's a debug message to warn if this function is passed a NULL
pointer, but in order to print the message we have to dereference the
pointer. Obviously this isn't a good idea, so remove the message.

Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 14:00:39 -05:00
Masanari Iida
697978383e wireless: mwifiex: Fix typo in wireless/mwifiex driver
Correct spelling typo in wireless/mwifiex driver.

Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 14:00:38 -05:00
Hauke Mehrtens
244a77e9d7 rtlwifi: use SIMPLE_DEV_PM_OPS
rtlwifi only provides pm callbacks for functions covered by pm sleep
and they are also just called if CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is set.

Only add functions rtl_pci_suspend and rtl_pci_resume if
CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is set and use SIMPLE_DEV_PM_OPS instead of
manually filling struct dev_pm_ops.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 14:00:37 -05:00
Hauke Mehrtens
8882349273 p54pci: use SIMPLE_DEV_PM_OPS
p54pci does not provide any runtime pm callbacks, so support for
PM_RUNTIME is not needed and we could go to PM_SLEEP.
This also makes it possible to use SIMPLE_DEV_PM_OPS instead of
manually filling struct dev_pm_ops.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 14:00:36 -05:00
Hauke Mehrtens
8842758899 ath9k: use SIMPLE_DEV_PM_OPS
ath9k does not provide any runtime pm callbacks, so support for
PM_RUNTIME is not needed and we could go to PM_SLEEP.
This also makes it possible to use SIMPLE_DEV_PM_OPS instead of
manually filling struct dev_pm_ops.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 14:00:35 -05:00
Daniel Stamer
dac67975f3 rtlwifi: rtl8192se: Fixed coding style issues in the driver
This patch fixes almost all coding issues in the rtl8192se driver. Only
exception is putting trailing */ on separate lines.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Stamer <daniel@stamer.info>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 14:00:34 -05:00
Johannes Berg
904f137d47 mwifiex: fix struct member mismatch
Using bss->information_elements and treating
bss->len_beacon_ies as its size is wrong, the
real size is len_information_elements.

Found while I was reviewing the use of this
cfg80211 API (as it is actually potentially
broken due to races.)

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 14:00:33 -05:00
Hante Meuleman
1b4e027e1b brcmfmac: change debug output for received event.
see header.

Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 14:00:32 -05:00
Hante Meuleman
b41fc3d740 brcmfmac: fix bug in setting mgmt ie and parsing vndrs ie.
Parsing vndrs ie was not taking len of tlv itself in account. Setting
mgmt ie was missing check for length indicating non configured ie and
wrongly checking available length.

Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 14:00:31 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
128ce3b6f3 brcmfmac: remove mode from struct brcmf_cfg80211_conf
The mode should be stored and used per virtual interface. Remove
the mode from device global structure and rework the code to use
the mode from brcmf_cfg80211_vif.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 14:00:30 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
903e0eeeb9 brcmfmac: get rid of struct brcmf_cfg80211_info::link_up attribute
This attribute indicates successful IBSS or AP connection has been
established. However, this no longer works for virtual interfaces.
As it turns out this attribute is identical to the CONNECTED bit
in struct brcmf_cfg80211_vif::sme_state. This patch removes the
attribute and rework some functions relying on it.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 14:00:29 -05:00
Piotr Haber
b6fc28a158 brcmsmac: support 4313iPA
Add support for 4313 iPA variant.
It is a variant of already supported 4313 ePA
and needs some PHY changes to work properly.

Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 14:00:22 -05:00
Piotr Haber
b835763416 brcmsmac: move PHY functions
Move functions in
preparation for 4313iPA changes

Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 13:38:17 -05:00
Piotr Haber
8e21df2389 brcmsmac: hardware info in debugfs
Put basic information about hardware in debugfs.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 13:38:17 -05:00
Piotr Haber
57fe504817 brcmsmac: fix bounds checking in tx/rx
brcms_b_txstatus and brcms_b_recv are off by one when
doing bounds checking on number of packets to process

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 13:38:17 -05:00
Piotr Haber
94d9902dc0 brcmsmac: cleanup in isr code
brcms_c_isr returns true if interrupt was for us
and if dpc should be scheduled which is the same thing.
Simplify it.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 13:38:16 -05:00
Piotr Haber
c4dea35e34 brcmsmac: handle packet drop during transmit correctly
The .tx() callback function can drop packets when there is no
space in the DMA fifo. Propagate that information to caller
and make sure the freed sk_buff reference is not accessed.

Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 13:38:16 -05:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
23c1d7f659 wireless: allow Atheros card to not depend on ath.ko
There are 2 different things:
- sub-menu for "Atheros Wireless cards" family
- module ath.ko with common Atheros code

Until now, they both used to depend on the same Kconfig variable ATH_COMMON.
Thus, being "Atheros card" and "depending on ath.ko" was the same.

To allow module to belong to the
"Atheros Wireless cards" family but not use ath.ko,
2 conditions above need to be separated.

So, this patch introduce new Kconfig variable ATH_CARDS for belonging
to the "Atheros Wireless Cards" family; while ATH_COMMON becomes hidden
variable to express dependency on common Atheros code in ath.ko. Modules
that depend on this common code now express it by setting ATH_COMMON.

Right now, ath6kl do not depend on common code and thus do not set ATH_COMMON.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 13:38:16 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
a56c919f05 ath9k: Remove redundant NULL assignment
'bf_next' is cleared using ATH_TXBUF_RESET() in both the
callsites of ath_tx_get_buffer().

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 13:38:15 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
a145daf7f0 ath9k: Implement sta_add_debugfs/sta_remove_debugfs
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 13:38:15 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
de7b7604ea ath9k: Replace WME_NUM_TID with IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 13:38:15 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
c175db8741 ath9k: Move ethtool functions to debug.c
The ethtool statistics are available only when
CONFIG_ATH9K_DEBUGFS is enabled, move these functions
to debug.c

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 13:38:15 -05:00
Helmut Schaa
6c50f9459e rt2x00: Use addr_mask to disallow invalid MAC addresses in mutli-bssid mode
Reported-by: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 13:38:14 -05:00
Avinash Patil
dd0d83c220 mwifiex: advertise GreenField, 40MHz intolerance support to cfg80211
This patch adds support for advertising GreenField, 40MHz intolerance
or LDPC coding support to cfg80211.

Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 13:38:14 -05:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
d6144d85f8 ath9k: Fix buffer overflow error
The commit "ath9k: stomp audio profiles on weak signal
strength" failed to take care of new stomp type while
programming concurrent tx priority. That leads to array
index out of bounds access.

drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/btcoex.c:414
        ath9k_hw_btcoex_set_concur_txprio()
               error: buffer overflow 'stomp_txprio' 4 <= 4

Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-30 13:38:14 -05:00
Johannes Berg
9caf036402 cfg80211: fix BSS struct IE access races
When a BSS struct is updated, the IEs are currently
overwritten or freed. This can lead to races if some
other CPU is accessing the BSS struct and using the
IEs concurrently.

Fix this by always allocating the IEs in a new struct
that holds the data and length and protecting access
to this new struct with RCU.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-30 13:42:20 +01:00
Johannes Berg
b9a9ada14a mac80211: remove probe response temporary buffer allocation
Instead of allocating a temporary buffer to build IEs
build them right into the SKB.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-30 13:41:27 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
59f547ac5b iwlwifi: return real info in probe failure
Don't return a hard coded -EFAULT, but rather the error
that occurred in the flow.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-29 16:04:27 +01:00
John W. Linville
79d38f7d6c Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/pcie/tx.c
2012-11-28 10:56:03 -05:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
b4991f3f7b iwlwifi: clear trans->op_mode pointer when it is leaving
Since the op_mode is leaving, the transport should set
its pointer to it to NULL to not point to freed memory.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-28 15:35:04 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
52e2a99eee iwlwifi: read the Rx write pointer only once
The FH (DMA engine) tells the driver the index of the last
ready (closed) Rx buffer. This data is in closed_rb_num.
If we read this data several times we may get inconsistencies
between the code and the debug prints which can make it
harder to debug issues here.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-28 15:34:27 +01:00
Eliad Peller
847cbebd52 wlcore: don't stop fwlog if dbgpins are used
Due to a bug, the fw asserts on fw log stop when dbg-pins are used.
Don't stop the fw log in this case.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-28 11:45:43 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
5f9b67770b wlcore: use new set bandwidth command to adjusting channel BW
We support changing the channel BW when we started the STA role on
a 40Mhz bandwidth. Otherwise a reconnection is required.
Save the started channel width and use it when channel width updates
arrive.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-28 11:45:42 +02:00
Eliad Peller
7c482c1040 wlcore: configure dwell times according to scan type
Allow configuring different dwell times to the different
scan types (regular and scheduled).

Add new configuration entry (dwell_time_dfs) to
conf_scan_settings, in order to allow setting
different values for normal scan and scheduled scan.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-28 11:45:42 +02:00
Eliad Peller
6507babab4 wl18xx: make driver operational again
we have done updating the driver to the new fw
api, so make the driver operational again.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-28 11:41:45 +02:00
Eliad Peller
1019975640 wlcore: call ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped on interface removal
The interface might go down before we got the SCHED_STOPPED
event, so make sure to call ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped()
if the scanned interface is removed.

Replace sched_scanning with sched_vif in order to save
the scanned interface.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-28 11:41:44 +02:00
Victor Goldenshtein
6b70e7eb70 wlcore: add new reg-domain configuration command
In 18xx the calibration process of the PHY Cortex domain
requires to perform an active calibration of the channel
before it can be used for transmission. To fulfill world
wide regulatory restrictions, fw should be always
synchronized/updated with current CRDA configuration.
Add a new "CMD_DFS_CHANNEL_CONFIG" command to update the
fw with current reg-domain, this command passes a bit map
of channels that are allowed to be used for transmission.

The driver shall update the fw during initialization and
after each change in the current reg-domain
configuration. The driver will save the channel number of
incoming beacons during the scan process, as they might
be a result of the passive scan on
"IEEE80211_CHAN_PASSIVE_SCAN" channel and will update the
fw accordingly once the scan is finished, the purpose of
this is to be ready in case of the authentication request
on one of these disabled (uncalibrated) channels.

The new command requires to wait for the fw completion
event "DFS_CHANNELS_CONFIG_COMPLETE_EVENT".

No scan commands (including the sched scan) can be
executed concurrently with the "CMD_DFS_CHANNEL_CONFIG",
wl->mutex ensures that.

[Arik - move reset of reg_ch_conf_last to safe place inside
op_stop_locked]
[Eliad - adjust to new event waiting api]

Signed-off-by: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-28 11:41:43 +02:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan
6f7c1adb75 ath6kl: minor optimization using if, else if
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-27 21:44:28 +02:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan
355b3a9820 ath6kl: Move and rename ath6kl_cleanup_vif function
Rename ath6kl_cleanup_vif function as 'ath6kl_cfg80211_vif_stop'
which is the more appropriate name considering the functionality
of the module and vif specific cleanup is actually done by
ath6kl_cfg80211_vif_cleanup. Also move it to cfg80211.c.
Also make ath6kl_cfg80211_sta_bmiss_enhance as static function.
This addresses a FIXME/TODO.

Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-27 21:44:28 +02:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan
eb922e4b41 ath6kl: Parse beacon interval from userspace
Parse beacon interval from userspace to
firmware. Incase the firmware does not
supports it, just print a warning message
and continue with AP settings.

Cc: Sumathi Mandipati <sumathi@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-27 21:44:28 +02:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan
8aa659d2c9 ath6kl: trivial cleanup on interface type selection
a minor cleanup in assigning the driver specific network type
based on interface type.

Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-27 21:44:28 +02:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan
de2070fc4a ath6kl: Fix kernel panic on continuous driver load/unload
On continuous loading and unloading of AR6004 ath6kl USB
driver it triggers a panic due to NULL pointer dereference of
'target' pointer.

while true; do sudo modprobe -v ath6kl_core;
sudo modprobe -v ath6kl_usb; sudo modprobe -r usb;
sudo modprobe -r ath6kl_core; done

ar->htc_target can be NULL due to a race condition that can occur
during driver initialization(we do 'ath6kl_hif_power_on' before
initializing 'ar->htc_target' via 'ath6kl_htc_create').
'ath6kl_hif_power_on' assigns 'ath6kl_recv_complete' as
usb_complete_t/callback function for 'usb_fill_bulk_urb'.
Thus the possibility of ar->htc_target being NULL
via ath6kl_recv_complete -> ath6kl_usb_io_comp_work
before even 'ath6kl_htc_create' is finished to initialize
ar->htc_create.

Worth noting is the obvious solution  of doing 'ath6kl_hif_power_on'
later(i.e after we are done with 'ath6kl_htc_create', causes a
h/w bring up failure in AR6003 SDIO, as 'ath6kl_hif_power_on' is a
pre-requisite to get the target version 'ath6kl_bmi_get_target_info'.
So simply check for NULL pointer for 'ar->htc_target' and bail out.

[23614.518282] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at
00000904
[23614.518463] IP: [<c012e7a6>] __ticket_spin_trylock+0x6/0x30
[23614.518570] *pde = 00000000
[23614.518664] Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
[23614.518795] Modules linked in: ath6kl_usb(O+) ath6kl_core(O)
[23614.520012] EIP: 0060:[<c012e7a6>] EFLAGS: 00010286 CPU: 0
[23614.520012] EIP is at __ticket_spin_trylock+0x6/0x30
Call Trace:
	[<c03f2a44>] do_raw_spin_trylock+0x14/0x40
	[<c06daa12>] _raw_spin_lock_bh+0x52/0x80
	[<f85464b4>] ? ath6kl_htc_pipe_rx_complete+0x3b4/0x4c0 [ath6kl_core]
	[<f85464b4>] ath6kl_htc_pipe_rx_complete+0x3b4/0x4c0 [ath6kl_core]
	[<c05bc272>] ? skb_dequeue+0x22/0x70
	[<c05bc272>] ? skb_dequeue+0x22/0x70
	[<f855bb32>] ath6kl_core_rx_complete+0x12/0x20 [ath6kl_core]
	[<f848771a>] ath6kl_usb_io_comp_work+0xaa/0xb0 [ath6kl_usb]
	[<c015b863>] process_one_work+0x1a3/0x5e0
	[<c015b7e7>] ? process_one_work+0x127/0x5e0
	[<f8487670>] ? ath6kl_usb_reset_resume+0x30/0x30 [ath6kl_usb]
	[<c015bfde>] worker_thread+0x11e/0x3f0
	Kernel panic - not syncing: Fatal exception in interrupt

Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-27 21:44:27 +02:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan
e16ccfeefb ath6kl: remove unnecessary check for NULL skb
dev_kfree_skb kernel API itself takes for checking for NULL
skb, so an explicit check is not required.

Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-27 21:44:27 +02:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan
895dc38677 ath6kl: Use standard way to assign the boolean variable
Assign 'true' to the bool variable instead of needless typecasting.

Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-27 21:44:27 +02:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan
050757da5d ath6kl: Remove erroneous flag clearing
WLAN_ENABLED is vif specific, not part of
the driver's struct ath6kl. Proper clearing
of this flag is already taken care in
ath6kl_cleanup_vif.

Cc: wei-jen jlin <jenlin@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-27 21:44:27 +02:00
Eliad Peller
978cd3a0b8 wlcore: save session_id per-link
A new session_id is generated on link allocation.
it is saved in a global array and used later, on tx.

The new fw api adds new bcast/global_session_id
fields to start_role(ap) command, and a new session_id
field to add_peer command. align the driver with it.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:30 +02:00
Eliad Peller
d50529c0d8 wlcore: pass wmm configuration to the fw
New fields were added to start_role(ap) and
set_peer_state commands, so the fw will be
able to know whether the sta/ap supports
wmm (the fw uses it in order to choose the
AC for some of its internally-generated frames)

For sta, take this value right from bss_conf->qos.

For ap, check for wmm support by looking for the
WMM IE in the configured beacon.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:29 +02:00
Eliad Peller
c50a282515 wlcore: update events enum/struct to new fw api
The event mailbox in wl18xx has a different
(non-compatible) structure.

Create common functions in wlcore to handle the
events, and call them from the chip-specific
event mailbox parsers.

This way, each driver (wl12xx/wl18xx) extracts
the event mailbox by itself according to its
own structure, and then calls the common
wlcore functions to handle it.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:29 +02:00
Eliad Peller
fcab189027 wlcore: update channel_switch/stop_channel_switch commands
Some fields were added to the channel_switch and
stop_channel_switch commands. Unfortunately,
the new 18xx channel_switch struct is not backward
compatible with the 12xx channel switch struct.

Add a new channel_switch op to wlcore, and update
the driver accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:28 +02:00
Eliad Peller
b6acb4e00e wlcore: update acx enum
update the acx enum to the new fw api.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:28 +02:00
Eliad Peller
0a1c720c63 wl18xx: increase MAX_CHANNELS_5GHZ
Some regdomains have more than 23 valid 5ghz channels,
so 18xx's MAX_CHANNELS_5GHZ was increased to 32.

Since now we have different max 5ghz channels values
for wl12xx and wl18xx, add a new wl->max_channels_5ghz
field, and use it for scan channels configuration.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:27 +02:00
Eliad Peller
78e28062fe wlcore: split 18xx and 12xx scan mechanism
The scan APIs of 12xx and 18xx are totally different.
Use some common functions as much as possible (e.g.
for setting scan channels), but split scan.c into
chip-specific scan.c files, each implementing its
own scan mechanism.

(in other words - move most of the current wlcore's
scan.c into wl12xx, and implement a similar mechanism
in 18xx, according to the new api)

New wlcore ops are introduced in order to call the
chip-specific scan functions.

The template indices used for each scan (regular/scheduled)
are also different between the chips, so set the correct
indices used for each scan type after identifying the chip.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:27 +02:00
Eliad Peller
e9b9d45507 wlcore: update commands enum to new fw api
Align the commands enum with the new fw api (8.4.0.0.19)

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:26 +02:00
Eliad Peller
750a986d6a wl18xx: change fw name and temporarily fail loading
The new fw (8.5.0.0.28) is not backward compatible
with older drivers.

Use a new fw name (along with bumping the min
fw version), and add some code to fail
any boot attempt during the fw api alignment
patches (as the driver is not functional in
these transitional patches).

This code will be removed after the api alignment
will be done.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:26 +02:00
Eliad Peller
512c5385e6 wlcore: make scan scan configuration functions more generic
18xx and 12xx have different scan APIs. In 18xx,
the scan and the sched scan use the same struct.

Prepare the scan configuration functions to it, by taking
more generic params (e.g. ieee80211_channel) instead of
specific structs/requests.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:25 +02:00
Eliad Peller
598b262a06 wlcore: don't call ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped directly
When we stop sched scan during connection, we shouldn't
call ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped directly, but do it
in the normal flow, as part of the SCHED_SCAN_COMPLETED
event handling.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:25 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
48af2eb046 wlcore: remove a bunch of unnecessary parentheses
Some if statements had unnecessary parentheses.  Remove them for
consistency.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:24 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
ef08d0281a wlcore: avoid using goto in normal code flow
Remove goto and label in the code where a simple if can be used.  If
nothing else, this is at least confusing git diff, which shows the
label name as the name of the function.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:23 +02:00
Eliad Peller
a8e27820f2 wlcore: don't leak wl->mbox
free it on wlcore_free_hw()

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:23 +02:00
Eliad Peller
d3f5a1b598 wlcore: print role_id on bss_info_changed
In multi-vif setup it's useful to know the role_id
being configured.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:22 +02:00
Eliad Peller
dc62a3dbf3 wlcore: configure the remote rates with our own rates
With the new connection flow, start_sta is called before
the remote rates where updated. Use our own supported rates
instead to make sure we don't disable any potential rate
(the rate policies will be updated later, but there is
currently no way to update the remote rates)

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:19 +02:00
Eliad Peller
58321b296d wlcore: refactor CHANGED_HT handling
Pass a variable indicating whether HT is enabled,
instead of duplicating the function call with
different arguments.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:15 +02:00
Eliad Peller
ec87011a4a wlcore: reconfigure rate policy on association
When first configuring the rate policy, before auth,
we still don't have the correct rates that were
agreed during association.

Reconfigure the rate policy on association in order
to update them.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:10 +02:00
Eliad Peller
42ec1f82a8 wlcore: specify correct supported_rates
The supported_rates field should contain all our supported
rates, even if the remote peer doesn't support them.

(rename CONF_TX_AP_ENABLED_RATES to CONF_TX_ENABLED_RATES,
as we now use it for both ap and sta)

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:06 +02:00
Eliad Peller
6c7b519464 wlcore: set active psm on association
The default ps mode of the fw is auto, while the default
ps mode of mac80211 is active (ps off).
In order to sync them, configure active ps on association.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:49:01 +02:00
Eliad Peller
2993626678 wlcore: initiate ROC/CROC on sta state updates
Use the sta_state notifications to ROC when a station
is about to connect, and CROC respectively on
authorization (success) / deletion (failure).

Change the wl12xx_update_sta_state() flow to bail out
only on error, so multiple code blocks could refer
to the same state.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:48:57 +02:00
Eliad Peller
b6970ee582 wlcore: add chanctx implementation
Add some basic chanctx implementation - debug prints,
and save the vif's channel/band/type.

After that, we no longer need to handle channel change
notifications on op_config.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:48:36 +02:00
Eliad Peller
cd1810ddcf wlcore: get channel from bss_conf instead of hw->conf
We care only about the operational channel, not
about the temporal hw channel (which won't have
any real meaning in multi-channel env anyway)

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:48:31 +02:00
Eliad Peller
dabf37dba4 wlcore: implement .remain_on_channel() callback
implement the reamin_on_channel() callback by starting
a dev role (already associated with the current vif)
on the requested channel/band.

This channel is usually different from the channel
of the sta role, so pass it to wl12xx_roc() as well,
and notify mac80211 (async) when the fw is ready
on the new channel.

Now, in case of offchannel tx, we should use the dev
role hlid, instead of the sta hlid.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:48:26 +02:00
Eliad Peller
18eab43070 wlcore: workaround start_sta problem in wl12xx fw
for some reason, the wl12xx fw is not able to rx/tx
on the first start_sta cmd.
Workaround it by issuing a dummy start_sta + stop_sta
before starting the sta for the final time.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:48:20 +02:00
Eliad Peller
3230f35e09 wlcore: start sta role on CHANGED_BSSID
Make the connection flow simpler by starting
sta role on bssid change.

Currently, we start dev role when going idle-off,
and start the sta role only after association
indication. This complicates the connection
flow with some possible intermediate states.

Make it simpler by starting sta role on bssid change,
which now happens *before* auth req get sent.

Update the handling of mac80211's notifications
and change wl1271_join/unjoin accordingly -
* Split wl1271_join() into wlcore_join (tuning on
  a channel/bssid) and wlcore_set_assoc (configure
  sta after association).
* Rename wl1271_unjoin() to wlcore_unset_assoc(), as
  it is no longer the inversion of wl1271_join()
  (now it's only used to disconnect associated sta /
  joined ibss, without stopping the role).
* Set ssid before starting station role (needed for
  start_role(sta)

While on it, split wl1271_bss_info_changed_sta() into
some sub-functions.

since we no longer use dev role in the connection flow,
we now always use the hlid of the sta role.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2012-11-27 10:47:59 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
725d255e70 p54: improve TSF timestamp precision
The LMAC API states that the TSF clock value of
every rx'ed frame is a "usec accurate timestamp
of the hardware clock at the end of frame
(before OFDM SIFS EOF padding)".

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-26 14:54:21 -05:00
Johannes Berg
1d815ef4b8 iwlwifi: initialize rx_status
The vendor radiotap patch added a few fields to
struct ieee80211_rx_status that need to be zero,
initialize the struct instead of using whatever
was left on the stack.

Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@adurom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-26 14:54:21 -05:00
Johannes Berg
d369167f0a iwlegacy: initialize rx_status
The vendor radiotap patch added a few fields to
struct ieee80211_rx_status that need to be zero,
initialize the struct instead of using whatever
was left on the stack.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-26 14:54:20 -05:00
Joe Perches
fbbdcc0213 brcmsmac: Add __printf verification to logging prototypes
Adding __printf helps spot format and argument mismatches.

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-26 14:54:20 -05:00
John W. Linville
62c8003ecb Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next 2012-11-26 14:46:41 -05:00
John W. Linville
53c5251366 Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes 2012-11-26 14:25:22 -05:00
Johannes Berg
a3ad5c3dd5 mac80211_hwsim: remove printing scan config
The frequencies will be printed when actually
doing the scan, and the IEs can be captured
on the hwsim0 monitor.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-26 12:47:57 +01:00
Johannes Berg
b296005c00 mac80211_hwsim: advertise VHT support
If the number of channels is > 1, which means that
hwsim will use mac80211 channel contexts, it can
also advertise VHT support.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-26 12:43:00 +01:00
Johannes Berg
4bf88530be mac80211: convert to channel definition struct
Convert mac80211 (and where necessary, some drivers a
little bit) to the new channel definition struct.

This will allow extending mac80211 for VHT, which is
currently restricted to channel contexts since there
are no drivers using that which makes it easier. As
I also don't care about VHT for drivers not using the
channel context API, I won't convert the previous API
to VHT support.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-26 12:42:59 +01:00
Johannes Berg
3d9d1d6656 nl80211/cfg80211: support VHT channel configuration
Change nl80211 to support specifying a VHT (or HT)
using the control channel frequency (as before) and
new attributes for the channel width and first and
second center frequency. The old channel type is of
course still supported for HT.

Also change the cfg80211 channel definition struct
to support these by adding the relevant fields to
it (and removing the _type field.)

This also adds new helper functions:
 - cfg80211_chandef_create to create a channel def
   struct given the control channel and channel type,
 - cfg80211_chandef_identical to check if two channel
   definitions are identical
 - cfg80211_chandef_compatible to check if the given
   channel definitions are compatible, and return the
   wider of the two

This isn't entirely complete, but that doesn't matter
until we have a driver using it. In particular, it's
missing
 - regulatory checks on the usable bandwidth (if that
   even makes sense)
 - regulatory TX power (database can't deal with it)
 - a proper channel compatibility calculation for the
   new channel types

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-26 12:42:59 +01:00
Johannes Berg
683b6d3b31 cfg80211: pass a channel definition struct
Instead of passing a channel pointer and channel type
to all functions and driver methods, pass a new channel
definition struct. Right now, this struct contains just
the control channel and channel type, but for VHT this
will change.

Also, add a small inline cfg80211_get_chandef_type() so
that drivers don't need to use the _type field of the
new structure all the time, which will change.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-26 12:42:58 +01:00
Johannes Berg
42d97a599e cfg80211: remove remain-on-channel channel type
As mwifiex (and mac80211 in the software case) are the
only drivers actually implementing remain-on-channel
with channel type, userspace can't be relying on it.
This is the case, as it's used only for P2P operations
right now.

Rather than adding a flag to tell userspace whether or
not it can actually rely on it, simplify all the code
by removing the ability to use different channel types.
Leave only the validation of the attribute, so that if
we extend it again later (with the needed capability
flag), it can't break userspace sending invalid data.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-26 12:42:58 +01:00
David S. Miller
24bc518a68 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/pcie/tx.c

Minor iwlwifi conflict in TX queue disabling between 'net', which
removed a bogus warning, and 'net-next' which added some status
register poking code.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-11-25 12:49:17 -05:00
John W. Linville
e4cb3ff931 rtl8723ae: fix build break from "mac80211: support RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END"
CC      drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/trx.o
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/trx.c: In function ‘rtl8723ae_rx_query_desc’:
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/trx.c:324:21: error: ‘RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU’ undeclared (first use in this function)
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/trx.c:324:21: note: each undeclared identifier is reported only once for each function it appears in
make[3]: *** [drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/trx.o] Error 1

Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-21 15:05:05 -05:00
John W. Linville
75c8ec71fb Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next 2012-11-21 14:43:51 -05:00
John W. Linville
1e60896fe0 Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/pcie/trans.c
2012-11-21 14:38:49 -05:00
Seth Forshee
ad66786718 brcmsmac: Remove stray argument from debug macro
One of the debug macro invocations ended up with a stray 0 argument
where the format string should be. Remove it.

Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-21 14:16:05 -05:00
Seth Forshee
6940c9bed1 brcmsmac: Remove unused wlc_prio2prec_map and _BRCMS_PREC_* constants
Fixes sparse warning:
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/main.c:308:10: sparse: symbol 'wlc_prio2prec_map' was not declared. Should it be static?

Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-21 14:16:04 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
580bdac386 ath9k: Remove 'stations' debugfs file
The 'stations' debugfs file has multiple issues. It doesn't scale
to an arbitrary number of associated stations and allocating
64K is not elegant either. Now that changes have been made in
mac80211 to support dynamic creation/deletion of driver-specific
debugfs files on station addition/removal, remove this file and
make use of the mac80211 hooks (which will be done in a sebsequent
patch).

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-21 14:16:04 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
4d28f771ff ath9k: Fix rate control debugging
Update the rate statistics only when debugfs has been enabled
in ath9k and mac80211 and move the stat() functions under proper
conditionals.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-21 14:16:04 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
1c11e10b6a ath9k: Fill remove_sta_debugfs() callback
Remove the rate control statistics debugfs file properly
via remove_sta_debugfs(). Also, check for both MAC80211_DEBUGFS
and ATH9K_DEBUGFS config options.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-21 14:16:04 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
c0b74876ee ath9k: Add a debugfs file to dump queue statistics
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-21 14:16:03 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
78ef731ce5 ath9k: Fix the 'xmit' debugfs file
The 'xmit' debugfs file has become big and unwieldy, fix
multiple issues with its usage:

* Store TX counters/statistics only for the 4 Access Categories.
  Use IEEE80211_NUM_ACS instead of ATH9K_NUM_TX_QUEUES.

* Move various utility macros to debug.h, they can be reused
  elsewhere.

* Remove tx_complete_poll_work_seen.

* Remove code that accesses various internal queue-specific
  variables without any locking whatsoever. HW/SW queue details
  will be handled in a subsequent patch.

* Do not print internal values like txq_headidx and txq_headidx.
  They were mostly unused anyway, considering code like:
  PRX("txq_tailidx:     ", txq_headidx);

* Handle 'txprocdesc' for EDMA too.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-21 14:16:03 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
bea843c738 ath9k/ath9k_htc: Remove WME macros
Use the macros provided by mac80211 and remove redundant
declarations inside the drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-21 14:16:02 -05:00
Stanislav Yakovlev
067293876e net/wireless: ipw2200: introduce ipw_set_geo function
Move regulatory domain initialization code to a separate function.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Yakovlev <stas.yakovlev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-21 14:16:02 -05:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
2884561a64 ath9k: stomp audio profiles on weak signal strength
On lower WLAN signal strength, WLAN downlink traffic might suffer
from retransmissions. At the mean time, playing SCO/A2DP profiles
is affecting WLAN stability. In such scenario, by stomping SCO/A2DP
BT traffic completely for a BTCOEX period, gives WLAN traffic an
oppertunity to recover PHY rate. It also improves WLAN stability at
lower RSSI without sacificing BT traffic.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-21 14:16:01 -05:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
b88083bfb3 ath9k: Fix MCI reset in BT cal_req
This patch reverts the commit "ath9k_hw: Wait BT calibration to complete"
and bail out from MCI interrupt routine for chip reset. The above commit
stalls the WLAN TCP traffic while bringing up and down the BT interface
iteratively. Fixing this properly by queueing up chip reset and bailing
out properly from tasklet routine.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-21 14:16:01 -05:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
ca90ef443c ath9k: Process FATAL interrupts at first
FATAL and WATCHDOG interrupts should be processed first followed
by others.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-21 14:16:01 -05:00
John W. Linville
b311749477 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/wl_cfg80211.c
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/pcie/tx.c
2012-11-21 12:57:56 -05:00
John W. Linville
f30a944392 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless into for-davem
John W. Linville says:

====================
This is a batch of fixes intended for 3.7...

Included are two pulls.  Regarding the mac80211 tree, Johannes says:

"Please pull my mac80211.git tree (see below) to get two more fixes for
3.7. Both fix regressions introduced *before* this cycle that weren't
noticed until now, one for IBSS not cleaning up properly and the other
to add back the "wireless" sysfs directory for Fedora's startup scripts."

Regarding the iwlwifi tree, Johannes says:

"Please also pull my iwlwifi.git tree, I have two fixes: one to remove a
spurious warning that can actually trigger in legitimate situations, and
the other to fix a regression from when monitor mode was changed to use
the "sniffer" firmware mode."

Also included is an nfc tree pull.  Samuel says:

"We mostly have pn533 fixes here, 2 memory leaks and an early unlocking fix.
Moreover, we also have an LLCP adapter linked list insertion fix."

On top of that, a few more bits...  Albert Pool adds a USB ID
to rtlwifi.  Bing Zhao provides two mwifiex fixes -- one to fix
a system hang during a command timeout, and the other to properly
report a suspend error to the MMC core.  Finally, Sujith Manoharan
fixes a thinko that would trigger an ath9k hang during device reset.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-11-21 11:48:31 -05:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
5edd0b946a iwlwifi: fix the basic CCK rates calculation
Fix a copy paste error in iwl_calc_basic_rates which leads
to a wrong calculation of CCK basic rates.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-21 11:31:21 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
eea54c8ec9 iwlwifi: remove effectless assignment
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-21 11:30:39 +01:00
John W. Linville
e2ff049840 brcmfmac: include linux/vmalloc.h from usb.c
This avoids build failures on some architectures...

Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2012-11-20 14:11:37 -05:00
John W. Linville
5b15d0f449 brcmfmac: check return from kzalloc in brcmf_fweh_process_event
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2012-11-20 14:08:30 -05:00
Seth Forshee
9242c7261b brcmsmac: Remove some noisy and uninformative debug messages
These messages clutter up the trace buffer without adding any useful
information.

Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:08:19 -05:00
Seth Forshee
0c9a0a1dd1 brcmsmac: Add tracepoint for AMPDU session information
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:08:06 -05:00
Seth Forshee
e3c0d8a6f6 brcmsmac: Add tracepoint for macintstatus
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:07:52 -05:00
Seth Forshee
cdf4352f5c brcmsmac: Improve tx trace and debug support
Add the brcmsmac_tx trace system for tx debugging. Existing code to dump
tx status and descriptors are converted to using tracepoints, allowing
for more efficient collection and post-processing of this data. These
tracepoints are placed to collect data for all tx frames instead of only
on errors. Logging of tx errors is also improved.

Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:07:38 -05:00
Seth Forshee
5211fa2c48 brcmsmac: Add brcms_dbg_ht() debug macro
Also convert relevant messages to use this macro.

Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:07:25 -05:00
Seth Forshee
90123e045c brcmsmac: Add brcms_dbg_dma() debug macro
Also convert relevant messages to use this macro.

Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:07:12 -05:00
Seth Forshee
229a41d9d0 brcmsmac: Add brcms_dbg_int() debug macro
Also convert relevant message to use this macro.

Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:06:57 -05:00
Seth Forshee
5ce58bb5f9 brcmsmac: Add rx and tx debug macros
Also convert relevant messages over to use thses macros.

Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:06:44 -05:00
Seth Forshee
913911f47b brcmsmac: Add brcms_dbg_mac80211() debug macro
This macro is used for messages related to the 802.11 MAC layer.
Relevant messages are also converted to use this macro.

Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:06:31 -05:00
Seth Forshee
b353dda485 brcmsmac: Use debug macros for general error and debug statements
Convert most uses of wiphy_* and pr_* for general error and debug
messages to use the internal debug macros instead. Most code used only
for initialization still use wiphy_err(), as well as some locations
which are executed too early to use the debug macros. Some debug
messages which are redundant or not useful are removed.

Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:06:16 -05:00
Seth Forshee
269de12bf1 brcmsmac: Add support for writing debug messages to the trace buffer
Add a new brcmsmac_msg trace system to enable writing of debug messages
to the trace buffer, and add brcms_* macros for storing device debug
messages in the trace buffer in addition to the printk log buffer.

Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:06:03 -05:00
Seth Forshee
b03417443c brcmsmac: Add module parameter for setting the debug level
The debug level can be set by passing debug=... to brcmsmac whenever
CONFIG_BRCMDBG is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:05:50 -05:00
Seth Forshee
1ca47e687a brcm80211: Convert log message levels to debug levels
In preparation for enhancements to debug and trace support, convert the
message levels to debug levels which will be used for enabling
categories of debug messages. The two message levels are little-used
anyway and are combined into the BRCM_DL_INFO debug level.

Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:05:37 -05:00
Seth Forshee
f5c4f10852 brcm80211: Allow trace support to be enabled separately from debug
Since the runtime overhead of trace support is small when tracing is
disabled, users may be interested in turning on trace support while
leaving other debug features off. Add a new config option named
CONFIG_BRCM_TRACING for this purpose.

Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:05:22 -05:00
Seth Forshee
75be3e24ee brcmsmac: Reduce number of entries in tx DMA rings
Currently up to 256 frames can be queued for each DMA ring. This is
excessive, and now that we have better flow control we can get by with
less. Experimentation has shown 64 to work well.

Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:05:08 -05:00
Seth Forshee
b05618deb4 brcmsmac: Use correct descriptor count when calculating next rx descriptor
nextrxd() is calling txd(), which means that the tx descriptor count is
used to determine when to wrap for determining the next ring buffer
entry. This has worked so far since the driver has been using the same
number of rx and tx descriptors, but it's obviously going to be a
problem if different numbers of descriptors are used.

Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:04:51 -05:00
Seth Forshee
e041f65d5f brcmsmac: Remove internal tx queue
The brcmsmac internal tx buffering is problematic. The amount of
buffering is excessive (228 packets in addition to the 256 slots in each
DMA ring), and frames may be dropped due to a lack of flow control.

This patch reworks the transmit code path to remove the internal
buffering. Frames are immediately handed off to the DMA support rather
than passing through an intermediate queue. Non-aggregate frames are
queued immediately into the tx rings, and aggregate frames are queued
temporarily in an AMPDU session until ready for transmit.

Transmit flow control is also added to avoid dropping packets when the
tx rings are full. Conceptually this is a separate change, but it's
included in this commit because removing the tx queue without adding
flow control could cause significant problems.

Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:04:23 -05:00
Seth Forshee
32d0f12a16 brcmsmac: Use IEEE 802.11 AC levels for pktq precedence levels
The mac80211 tx queues and brcmsmac DMA fifos both map directly to AC
levels. Therefore it's much more straightforward to queue tx frames and
choose the tx fifo based on the mac80211 queue instead of mapping 802.1D
priority tags to precedence levels then back to AC levels. mac80211
already maps the 802.1D levels to the appropriate AC levels and queues
management frames at the maximum priority, so the results should be
identical.

One functional change resulting from this patch is that AMPDU retries no
longer get a priority boost to queue them ahead of packets with the same
priority already in the tx queue. This behavior will be restored (in
effect at least) in a later patch when the tx queue is removed.

Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:04:09 -05:00
Seth Forshee
7f2de08fc0 brcmsmac: Remove unimplemented flow control functions
Functions for flow control exist but remain unimplemented. Remove these
in advance of adding real flow control.

Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:03:55 -05:00
Seth Forshee
05f8a61604 brcmsmac: Add helper function for updating txavail count
Use this helper function rather than open-coding the same calculation in
multiple places.

Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:03:37 -05:00
Seth Forshee
5c8067caee brcmsmac: Don't weight AMPDU packets in txfifo
According to the comments this "reduces rate lag," but in reality the
only way this value is used is for determining whether or not any frames
remain to be transmitted. Therefore there's no reason for AMPDU packets
to receive any weighting.

Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:03:21 -05:00
Seth Forshee
ef2c0512bb brcmsmac: Introduce AMPDU sessions for assembling AMPDUs
AMPDU session allows MPDUs to be temporarily queued until either a full
AMPDU has been collected or circumstances dictate that transmission
should start with a partial AMPDU. Packets are added to the session by
calling brcms_c_ampdu_add_frame(). brcms_c_ampdu_finalize() should be
called to fix up the tx headers in the first and last packet before
adding the packets to the DMA ring. brmcs_c_sendampdu() is converted to
using AMPDU sessions.

This patch has no real value on it's own, but is needed in preparation
for elimination of the tx packet queue from brcmsmac.

Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-20 14:03:06 -05:00
John W. Linville
65210946f3 Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes 2012-11-19 14:38:12 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
ac46ba4384 ath9k: Fix BTCOEX debugfs file usage
The debugfs file for dumping btcoex parameters unconditionally
assumes a MCI-based device. This will not work for older btcoex
chips. Fix this by branching out the routine into separate
functions.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-19 10:45:40 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
da8fb123b0 ath9k_hw: Fix regression in device reset
Commit "ath9k: improve suspend/resume reliability" broke ath9k_htc
and bringing up the device would hang indefinitely. Fix this.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-19 10:23:42 -05:00
Eliad Peller
4988456862 mac80211: make remain_on_channel() op pass vif param
Drivers (e.g. wl12xx) might need to know the vif
to roc on (mainly in order to configure the
rx filters correctly).

Add the vif to the op params, and update the current
users (iwlwifi) to use the new api.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
[fix hwsim]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 16:20:37 +01:00
Johannes Berg
90b9e446fb mac80211: support radiotap vendor namespace RX data
In some cases, in particular for experimentation, it
can be useful to be able to add vendor namespace data
to received frames in addition to the normal radiotap
data.

Allow doing this through mac80211 by adding fields to
the RX status descriptor that describe the data while
the data itself is prepended to the frame.

Also add some example code to hwsim, but don't enable
it because it doesn't use a proper OUI identifier.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 15:45:46 +01:00
Sachin Kamat
e09b58f0c4 iwlwifi: Remove duplicate inclusion of iwl-trans.h in pcie/drv.c
iwl-trans.h was included twice.

Signed-off-by: Sachin Kamat <sachin.kamat@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 15:10:04 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
c4bfc1c30e iwlwifi: update the RB_TIMEOUT to 0x11
This will allow to reduce slightly the number of interrupts
without sacrificing too much the latency in the Rx path.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 15:07:48 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
223b9cb1a0 iwlwifi: make iwl_pcie_rxq_inc_wr_ptr static
It is not used outside pcie/rx.c.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 15:07:33 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
49bd072d4e iwlwifi: more cleanup in pcie/rx.c
Really trivial clean up.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 15:06:28 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
6ca6ebc160 iwlwifi: make iwl_queue_used return bool
Also, prefer the if(!X) notation over if(X == 0).

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 15:06:17 +01:00
Johannes Berg
686681b066 iwlwifi: disallow MFP with software crypto
When software crypto is enabled, it isn't safe
to enable MFP since the firmware interprets some
management packets, and with MFP it would do so
without proper validation.

Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 15:05:53 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
f6d497cdff iwlwifi: merge 2 functions in reclaim flow
One one just a wrapper of the second, squash them.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 15:04:41 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
f02831be96 iwlwifi: continue clean up - pcie/tx.c
Rename static functions. Function moved from trans.c to
tx.c. A few could be made static, others had to be exported.

Functions that implement the transport API are prefixed by
iwl_trans_pcie_, the others by iwl_pcie_.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 15:04:20 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
7afe3705cd iwlwifi: continue clean up - pcie/trans.c
Functions that implement the transport API are prefixed by
iwl_trans_pcie_, the others by iwl_pcie_.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 15:03:23 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
9805c4460a iwlwifi: continue clean up - pcie/rx.c
Rename static functions. Function moved from trans.c to
rx.c. A few could be made static, others had to be exported.
Also, don't use rxb or rxbuf, but rb which stands for receive
buffer.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 15:02:47 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
c61259858d iwlwifi: init the replenish work in rx_init
This is its natural place

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 15:01:53 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
990aa6d7b2 iwlwifi: rename functions in transport layer
1) s/tx_queue/txq
	for the sake of consistency.

2) s/rx_queue/rxq
	for the sake of consistency.

3) Make all functions begin with iwl_pcie_
	iwl_queue_init and iwl_queue_space are an exception
	since they are not PCIE specific although they are in
	pcie subdir.

4) s/trans_pcie_get_cmd_string/get_cmd_string
	it is much shorter and used in debug prints which
	are long lines.

5) s/iwl_bg_rx_replenish/iwl_pcie_rx_replenish_work
	this better emphasizes that it is a work

6) remove invalid kernelDOC markers

pcie/tx.c and pcie/trans.c still needs to be cleaned up.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 15:01:35 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
b55e57f53f iwlwifi: add comments for the PCIe transport statuses
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 15:00:27 +01:00
Masanari Iida
02582e9bcc treewide: fix typo of "suport" in various comments and Kconfig
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2012-11-19 14:16:09 +01:00
Masanari Iida
d755814808 treewide: fix typo of "suppport" in various comments
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2012-11-19 14:13:52 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
e1b69fdf33 iwlwifi: don't WARN when a non empty queue is disabled
This can happen when we shut down suddenly an interface.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-18 11:51:09 +01:00
David S. Miller
67f4efdce7 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Minor line offset auto-merges.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-11-17 22:00:43 -05:00
Bing Zhao
dd321acddc mwifiex: report error to MMC core if we cannot suspend
When host_sleep_config command fails we should return error to
MMC core to indicate the failure for our device.

The misspelled variable is also removed as it's redundant.

Cc: "3.0+" <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:52:25 -05:00
Bing Zhao
b1a47aa5e1 mwifiex: fix system hang issue in cmd timeout error case
Reported by Tim Shepard:
I was seeing sporadic failures (wedgeups), and the majority of those
failures I saw printed the printouts in mwifiex_cmd_timeout_func with
cmd = 0xe5 which is CMD_802_11_HS_CFG_ENH.  When this happens, two
minutes later I get notified that the rtcwake thread is blocked, like
this:
      INFO: task rtcwake:3495 blocked for more than 120 seconds.

To get the hung thread unblocked we wake up the cmd wait queue and
cancel the ioctl.

Cc: "3.4+" <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Reported-by: Tim Shepard <shep@laptop.org>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:52:25 -05:00
Albert Pool
a485e827f0 rtlwifi: rtl8192cu: Add new USB ID
This is an ISY IWL 2000. Probably a clone of Belkin F7D1102 050d:1102.
Its FCC ID is the same.

Signed-off-by: Albert Pool <albertpool@solcon.nl>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:52:24 -05:00
Sujith Manoharan
57527f8d4d ath9k_hw: Program filter coefficients correctly
2484 Mhz (Japan) usage requires filter coefficients to
be programmed in the CCK TX FIR registers. This is required
for AR9331, AR9485 and AR9462. Fix this and also remove
a few useless macros and a duplicate variable.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:29:11 -05:00
Johannes Berg
85240818e4 mwifiex: don't select lib80211
The driver doesn't use any lib80211 symbols
so it shouldn't select it in Kconfig.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:29:08 -05:00
Wei Yongjun
ccd953694b rtlwifi: use eth_zero_addr() to assign zero address
Using eth_zero_addr() to assign zero address insetad of
memset() or an inefficient copy from a static array.

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:29:07 -05:00
Stanislav Yakovlev
9c033bed93 net/wireless: ipw2x00: remove unreachable code
Remove unnecessary if statements because libipw_set_geo always
returns success.  Also change function's return value from int
to void.

Signed-off-by: Stanislav Yakovlev <stas.yakovlev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:29:06 -05:00
Hante Meuleman
b87e2c4825 brcmfmac: code cleanup
Removing obsolete functions and prototypes. Moving (and renaming)
defines to place with similar definitions. Removing unnecessary
includes.

Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:29:05 -05:00
Hante Meuleman
5a7a59d254 brcmfmac: limit hex dump on fwil.
When debug is turned on for fwil then the whole data buffer is
dumped. In some cases this gives excessive amount of debug. With
this patch the dumps are limited to 64 bytes.

Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:29:04 -05:00
Hante Meuleman
756a670052 brcmfmac: sdio module load fix.
On sdio module unload followed by load (without removing the
device) the access window should be moved back to enumeration
space. Force this by removing initialisation of sbwad during
probe.

Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:29:03 -05:00
Hante Meuleman
5b3c183272 brcmfmac: avoid usage of func->card->dev in sdio probe.
brcmf_ops_sdio_probe used the private_date func->card->dev to
store device data of brcmfmac sdio. This is not a good place to
store the data. Use dev of func and use func->card->sdio_func
to group the functions the driver is using.

Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:29:02 -05:00
Hante Meuleman
2def5c10d2 brcmfmac: sdio unload fix.
on sdio remove the bus_if should be configured for close, so
new data from higher layers will be blocked. Also the access
to bus_if in the watchdog should be checked for null pointer
access on sdio remove.

Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:29:00 -05:00
Hante Meuleman
37ac5780e0 brcmfmac: Handle mmc exceptions during init correct.
when brcmf_sdbrcm_probe_attach results in error then cleanup
will result in null pointer access. In brcmf_sdbrcm_release and
in brcmf_ops_sdio_remove. This patch fixes order of init and
de-init.

Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:28:59 -05:00
Hante Meuleman
1799ddf185 brcmfmac: Any error should result in failure of probe.
In brcmf_sdbrcm_probe only error ELINK is seen as error. However
brcmf_bus_start can return many more error codes and all should
result in failed init of driver.

Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:28:58 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
3e0a97e150 brcmfmac: restructure handling of IF event
The IF event need special care. It can be either an ADD, DEL, or
CHANGE. For an ADD we need to call brcmf_add_if() before the
event handler call. Upon a DEL we need to call brcmf_del_if()
after the event handler call. CHANGE does not require special
attention.

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:28:57 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
b522dd8071 brcmfmac: ignore IF event if it is a add for ifidx 0
Firmware fires IF event to add the primary interface but that
is already created in the driver.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:28:56 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
b6f06f6e31 brcmfmac: fix wrong usage of unaligned include file
Replaced <linux/unaligned/access_ok.h> by <asm/unaligned.h>
to make it work on ARM and other architectures.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:28:55 -05:00
Hante Meuleman
df19e777e0 brcmfmac: fix NULL pointer access in brcmf_fweh_detach()
brcmf_fweh_detach can be called while ifp is already NULL, due to
init error. Fix NULL pointer access by checking ifp.

Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:28:54 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
0b63cb71f1 brcmfmac: remove mac address validation from brcmf_net_attach()
The mac_addr field in ifp object is always valid so no need to
validate.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:28:53 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
9bcb74f919 brcmfmac: change mac address parameter in brcmf_add_if()
The function brcmf_add_if() is called with mac address set to NULL
for the primary interface. When handling IF ADD events the firmware
provides a address mask in the event to derive its mac address from
the primary mac address. Rename the parameter and use it as a mask.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:28:51 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
607d5c0ef6 brcmfmac: correct handling IF firmware event
Testing revealed the IF ADD event contains the interface
index of the new interface. This would result in a NULL
pointer access when handling the event.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:28:50 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
bdf5ff516b brcmfmac: fix for multiple netdevice interface support
virtual netdevice interface like P2P client and GO need
different callbacks for .open and .down. This patch adds
those.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:28:49 -05:00
Arend van Spriel
699b5e5b0b brcmfmac: change parameter in brcmf_add_if() function
The brcmf_add_if() function had a struct device as parameter
to accomodate the bus specific code to use this function. The
driver has been reworked so the bus specific code does not need
this function. Better replace the parameter with a more specific
driver object, ie. struct brcmf_pub.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-11-16 14:28:48 -05:00